Contents

Acura ILX 2018 Sedan Navigation Manual PDF

1 of 547
1 of 547

Summary of Content for Acura ILX 2018 Sedan Navigation Manual PDF

2018 OWNERS MANUAL

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 0

Event Data Recorders This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicles systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: How various systems in your vehicle were operating; Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were

buckled/fastened;

3WARNING California Proposition 65 Warning

Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle can expose you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle.

How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

How fast the vehicle was traveling. These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.

The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the vehicle owner.

Service Diagnostic Recorders This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record information about powertrain performance. The data can be used to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is uploaded to Acura upon vehicle start up.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 1

California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/

As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.

Software End User License Agreement Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by the End User License Agreement in Owners Manual, and which contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End User License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing your use of the installed software, as well as the applications, services, functions, and content provided through the software. Your use of the installed software will serve as your consent to the terms and conditions of the End User License Agreement. You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Honda Automobile Customer Services Mail Stop 100-5E-8F, 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746.

Privacy Notice This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage this setting, visit www.acuralink.com/vehicle-data-choices.

A Few Words About Safety

Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.

NOTICE

To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have provided operating procedures and other information on labels and in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that could hurt you or others.

Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You must use your own good judgment.

You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms, including:

Safety Labels - on the vehicle. Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and

one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION. These signal words mean:

Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions. Safety Section - such as Safe Driving. Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.

This entire book is filled with important safety information - please read it carefully.

3DANGER You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don't follow instructions.

3WARNING You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don't follow instructions.

3CAUTION You CAN be HURT if you don't follow instructions.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 2

Contents

This owners manual should be considered a permanent part of the vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.

This owners manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your particular model.

Images throughout this owners manual (including the front cover) represent features and equipment that are available on some, but not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these features.

This owners manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and Canada.

The information and specifications included in this publication were in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd. reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation.

2 Safe Driving P. 25 For Safe Driving P. 26 Seat Belts P. 30 Airbags P. 37

2 Instrument Panel P. 65 Indicators P. 66 Gauges and Multi-Information Display P. 90

2 Controls P. 109 Clock P. 110 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 112 Opening and Closing the Moonroof P. 135 Adjusting the Seats P. 151

2 Features P. 169 Audio System P. 170 Audio System Basic Operation P. 176, 198 Customized Features* P. 263 HomeLink Universal Transceiver* P. 284

2 Driving P. 349 Before Driving P. 350 Towing a Trailer P. 355 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 425 Refueling P. 427

2 Maintenance P. 431 Before Performing Maintenance P. 432 Maintenance MinderTM P. 435 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 460 Climate Control System Maintenance P. 474

2 Handling the Unexpected P. 483 Tools P. 484 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 485 Overheating P. 513 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 515

2 Information P. 523 Specifications P. 524 Identification Numbers P. 526 Emissions Testing P. 529 Warranty Coverages P. 531

Contents

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 3

Child Safety P. 50 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 63 Safety Labels P. 64

Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 125 Security System P. 129 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 132 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 136 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 149 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 159 Climate Control System P. 164

Audio Error Messages P. 240 General Information on the Audio System P. 246 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 287, 316

When Driving P. 356 Braking P. 408 Parking Your Vehicle P. 421 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions P. 429

Maintenance Under the Hood P. 440 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 451 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 462 Battery P. 471 Remote Transmitter Care P. 472 Cleaning P. 475 Accessories and Modifications P. 481

Engine Does Not Start P. 506 Jump Starting P. 509 Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 512 Fuses P. 519 Emergency Towing P. 522

Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 527 Reporting Safety Defects P. 528 Authorized Manuals P. 533 Client Service Information P. 534

Quick Reference Guide P. 4

Safe Driving P. 25

Instrument Panel P. 65

Controls P. 109

Features P. 169

Driving P. 349

Maintenance P. 431

Handling the Unexpected P. 483

Information P. 523

Index P. 536

4

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 4

Quick Reference Guide

Visual Index

Audio System (P170)

Rear Window Defogger/ Heated Mirror Button (P146)

Steering Wheel Adjustments (P146)

(Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System OFF) Button (P400)

Climate Control System (P164)

System Indicators (P66)

Gauges (P90)

Multi-Information Display (P91)

Hazard Warning Button

ENGINE START/STOP Button (P136)

Navigation System* () See the Navigation System Manual

Audio/Information Screen* (P177)

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM* (P199)

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Button* (P415)

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Button* (P388)

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 5

Wipers/Washers (P143)

Cruise Control Buttons* (P367)

Remote Audio Control Buttons (P174)

Brightness Control (P145)

Headlights/Turn Signals (P139)

Fog Lights* (P142)

Paddle Shifter (Shift down) (P366)

Paddle Shifter (Shift up) (P366)

Horn (Press an area around .)

Navigation System Voice Control Buttons* () See the Navigation System Manual

Bluetooth HandsFreeLink System Voice Control Buttons (P287)

SEL/RESET Button (P94)

(Information) Button (P92)

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button* (P393)

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Buttons* (P372)

Interval Button* (P380)

* Not available on all models

5

Visual Index

6

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 6

Parking Brake (P408)

Power Window Switches (P132)

Driver's Front Airbag (P40)

Trunk Release (P125)

Hood Release Handle (P441)

Interior Fuse Box (P520)

Passenger's Front Airbag (P40)

USB Adapter Cable* (P171)

Shift Lever Dual Clutch Transmission (P363)

Glove Box (P160)

Accessory Power Socket (P162)

Rearview Mirror (P149)

Auxiliary Input Jack* (P171)

Door Mirror Controls (P150)

Power Door Lock Master Switch (P123) Memory Buttons* (P148)

SET Button* (P148)

Fuel Fill Door Release Handle (P428)

USB Port* (P172)

HDMI Port* (P172)

Seat Heater Switches* (P163)

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 7

Side Airbags (P44)

Ceiling Light (P159)

Side Curtain Airbags (P46)

Coat Hook (P162)

Grab Handle

Moonroof Switch (P135)

Seat Belts (P30)

Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P57)

Rear Seat (P157)

Front Seat (P151)

Sun Visors

Vanity Mirrors

Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P59)

LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P55)

Map Lights (P159)

* Not available on all models

7

Visual Index

8

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 8

Maintenance Under the Hood (P440)

Windshield Wipers (P143, 460)

Tires (P462, 485, 499)

Door Lock/Unlock Control (P115)

Power Door Mirrors (P150)

How to Refuel (P428)

High-Mount Brake Light (P459)

Emergency Trunk Release Lever (P128)

Opening/Closing the Trunk (P125)

Fog Lights* (P142, 451)

Back-Up Lights (P458)

Multi-View Rear Camera (P425)

Trunk Release Button (P126)

Rear Side Marker Lights (P456)

Brake/Taillights (P456)

Rear Turn Signal Lights (P456)

Headlights (P139, 451)

Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Lights (P139, 453, 454)

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 9

Safe Driving (P25)

Airbags (P37)

Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.

Child Safety (P50)

All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat. Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat. Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.

Exhaust Gas Hazard (P63)

Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon monoxide gas can accumulate.

Before Driving Checklist (P29)

Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints, steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.

Seat Belts (P30)

Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well back in the seat.

Check that your passengers are wearing their seat belts correctly.

Fasten your lap belt as low as possible.

* Not available on all models

9

10

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 10

Instrument Panel (P65)

System Indicators

Malfunction Indicator Lamp

Low Oil Pressure Indicator

Charging System Indicator

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System Indicator

VSA OFF Indicator

Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator

Lights Indicators

Lights On Indicator

High Beam Indicator

Immobilizer System Indicator

System Indicators

System Message Indicator

Gauges (P90)/Multi-Information Display (P91)/System Indicators (P66)

Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator

Keyless Access System Indicator

Blind spot information (BSI) Indicator*

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator*

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator* Fog Light Indicator*

Temperature Gauge

Security System Alarm Indicator

Fuel Gauge

Tachometer

Multi-Information Display

Speedometer

Shift Lever Position Indicator

M (sequential mode) Indicator/Gear Position Indicator

System Indicators

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator*

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Indicator*

Models without full color display

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator

Seat Belt Reminder Indicator

CRUISE CONTROL Indicator*

Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Red)

Supplemental Restraint System Indicator

CRUISE MAIN Indicator*

Low Fuel Indicator

Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators

Brake System Indicator (Amber)

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

Door and Trunk Open Indicator*

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 11

Controls (P109)

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

Clock (P110)

The navigation system receives signals from GPS satellites, updating the clock automatically.

You can also adjust the time manually.

a Enter the Clock Adjustment screen. 2 Adjusting the Clock (P110)

b Rotate to change hour, then press .

c Rotate to change minute, then press .

Models with navigation system

Models without navigation system Models with two displays

a Press the CLOCK (AUX) button until the displayed time begins flashing.

b Press Preset (4 (Hour) or (5 (Minute) to set the time. Press Preset (6 (Reset) to set the time to the nearest hour.

c Press the CLOCK button again to set the time.

ENGINE START/STOP Button (P136)

Press the button to change the vehicles power mode.

Models with one display

Turn Signals (P139)

Lights (P139)

Turn Signal Control Lever

Right

Left

Light Control Switches

Low Beam

High Beam

Flashing

* Not available on all models

11

12

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 12

Wipers and Washers (P143)

*1:Models with automatic intermittent wipers

*2:Models without automatic intermittent wipers

Wiper/Washer Control Lever

Adjustment Ring : Low Sensitivity*1

: Lower speed, fewer sweeps*2

: High Sensitivity*1

: Higher speed, more sweeps*2

MIST OFF AUTO*1: Wiper speed varies automatically INT*2: Low speed with intermittent LO: Low speed wipe HI: High speed wipe

Pull toward you to spray washer fluid.

AUTO should always be turned OFF before the following situations in order to prevent severe damage to the wiper system: Cleaning the windshield Driving through a car wash No rain present

Steering Wheel (P146)

To adjust, pull the adjustment lever towards you, adjust to the desired position, then lock the lever back in place.

Models with automatic intermittent wipers

Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside (P121)

Pull either front door inner handle to unlock and open it in one motion.

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 13

Trunk (P125)

To unlock and open the trunk: Pull the trunk release. Press the trunk release button on the

keyless access remote. Press the trunk release button on the

trunk lid.

Trunk Release

Power Door Mirrors (P150)

With the power mode in ON, move the selector switch to L or R.

Push the appropriate edge of the adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.

Selector Switch

Adjustment Switch

Power Windows (P132)

With the power mode in ON, open and close the power windows.

If the power window lock button is in the off position, each passenger's window can be opened and closed with its own switch.

If the power window lock button is in the on position (indicator is on), each passenger's window switch is disabled.

Power Window Lock Button

Window Switch

Indicator

13

14

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 14

Climate Control System (P164)

Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system. Press the button to turn the system on or off. Press the button to defrost the windshield.

The climate control system is voice operable. See the Navigation System Manual for complete details. On models with navigation system

Driver's Side Temperature Control Dial

A/C (Air Conditioning) Button

Air flows from floor and windshield defroster vents.

Air flows from floor vents.

Air flows from floor and dashboard vents.

Air flows from dashboard vents.

AUTO Button

(Recirculation) Button

Passenger's Side Temperature Control Dial

MODE Control Button

(ON/OFF) Button

SYNC (Synchronization) Button

(Windshield Defroster) Button

/ (Fan Control) Buttons

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 15

Features (P169)

Audio Remote Controls (P174)

VOL (Volume) Button Press / to adjust the volume up/ down.

MODE Button

Press to change the audio mode: FM1/ FM2/AM/CD/AUX.

Press to change the audio mode: FM/AM/ SiriusXM/CD/USB/iPod/Bluetooth Audio/ Pandora*/AhaTM/AUX HDMI

CH (Channel) Button Radio:Press to change the preset station.

Press and hold to select the next or previous strong station.

CD/USB device: Press to skip to the beginning of the next song or return to the beginning of the current song. Press and hold to change a folder.

CH Button

MODE Button VOL Button

Models with one display

Models with two displays

Audio system (P170)

For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual

Models with one display

Audio/ Information Screen

Selector Knob

VOL / (Volume/Power) Knob

CD Button

CD Slot

(CD Eject) Button

Preset Buttons

SETUP Button

PHONE Button DISPLAY Button

A.SEL (Auto Select) Button

SKIP Bar

AUX Button

BACK Button

SCAN Button

FM Button

AM Button

FOLDER Bar

* Not available on all models

15

16

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 16

*1:Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.

Models with two displays

Audio/Information Screen

Interface Dial/ENTER Button

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob CD Slot

(CD Eject) Button

SETTINGS Button

BACK Button MENU Button

AUDIO ButtonINFO Button

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

PHONE Button

(Tune Down) Icon*1

(Skip/Seek) Icon*1

Audio Source*1

(Skip/Seek) Icon*1

Presets*1

(Tune Up) Icon*1

More*1

(Day/Night) Button

Shortcuts*1

APP Button

Sound Icon*1

Scan Icon*1 TAG Icon*1

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 17

Driving (P349)

Release Button

Depress the brake pedal and press the release button to move out of (P.

Move the shift lever without pressing the release button.

Press the release button to move the shift lever.

Dual Clutch Transmission (P363)

Shift to (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.

Shifting

Park Turn off or start the engine. Transmission is locked.

Reverse Used when reversing. Neutral Transmission is not locked.

S Position Sequential shift mode can be used.

Drive Normal driving. Sequential shift mode can be used temporarily.

Paddle Shifters (P366) Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual

transmission (1st through 8th). This is useful for engine braking.

When the transmission is in (D The transmission will shift

back to automatic mode once the system detects that the vehicle is cruising.

When the transmission is in (S Holds the selected gear,

and the M indicator comes on.

The selected gear position is shown in the instrument panel.

Shift Lever

Shift Down (- Paddle Shifter

Shift Up (+ Paddle Shifter

M IndicatorShift Lever Position Indicator

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

Selected Gear Number

M Indicator Shift Lever Position Indicator

Selected Gear Number

17

18

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 18

VSA On and Off (P400)

The vehicle stability assist (VSA) system helps stabilize the vehicle during cornering, and helps maintain traction while accelerating on loose or slippery road surfaces.

VSA comes on automatically every time you start the engine.

To turn VSA on or off, press and hold the button until you hear a beep.

Cruise Control* (P367)

Cruise control allows you to maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.

To use cruise control, press the CRUISE button, then press DECEL/SET once you have achieved the desired speed (above 25 mph or 40 km/h).

CMBSTM On and Off* (P412)

When a possible collision is likely unavoidable, the CMBSTM can help you to reduce the vehicle speed and the severity of the collision.

To turn the CMBSTM on or off, press and hold the button until you hear a beep.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P404)

The TPMS monitors tire pressure. The TPMS is turned on automatically every time you start the engine.

Refueling (P427)

a Push the fuel fill door release handle.

b Turn the fuel fill cap slowly to remove the cap.

c Place the cap in the holder on the fuel fill door.

d After refueling, screw the cap back on until it clicks at least once.

Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher recommended

Fuel tank capacity: 13.2 US gal (50 liters)

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 19

AcuraWatchTM*

TM

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

AcuraWatch is a driver support system which employs the use of two distinctly different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor located in the front grille and a front sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rear view mirror.

The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.

Front Sensor Camera

Radar Sensor

The radar sensor is in the front grille.

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) (P372)

Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator.

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System (P386)

Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway altogether.

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) (P391)

Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides visual alert if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) (P412)

Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.

* Not available on all models

19

20

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 20

Maintenance (P431)

Under the Hood (P440)

Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer fluid. Add when necessary.

Check brake fluid. Check the battery condition monthly.

a Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the dashboard.

b Locate the hood latch lever, push it to the side, and then raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you can release the lever.

c When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly locked in place.

Lever

Lights (P451)

Inspect all lights regularly.

Wiper Blades (P460)

Replace blades if they leave streaks across the windshield.

Tires (P462)

Inspect tires and wheels regularly. Check tire pressures regularly. Install snow tires for winter driving.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 21

Handling the Unexpected (P483)

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

Flat Tire (P485)

Park in a safe location and repair the flat tire using the temporary tire repair kit.

Park in a safe location and replace the flat tire with the compact spare tire in the trunk.

Indicators Come On (P515)

Identify the indicator and consult the owner's manual.

Vehicles with tire repair kit

Vehicles with optional spare tire

Engine Won't Start (P506)

If the battery is dead, jump start using a booster battery.

Blown Fuse (P519)

Check for a blown fuse if an electrical device does not operate.

Overheating (P513)

Park in a safe location. If you do not see steam under the hood, open the hood, and let the engine cool down.

Emergency Towing (P522)

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.

21

22

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 22

What to Do If The power mode does not change from ACCESSORY to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Why?

The shift lever should be moved to (P.

Why does the brake pedal pulsate slightly when applying the brakes?

This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never pump the brake pedal.

2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P410)

The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle. Why?

Check if the childproof lock is in the lock position. If so, open the rear door with the outside door handle. To cancel this function, slide the lever up to the unlock position.

Why do the doors lock after I unlocked the doors?

If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are relocked automatically for security.

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 23

Why does the beeper sound when I open the driver's door?

The beeper sounds when: The power mode is in ACCESSORY. The exterior lights are left on.

Why does the beeper sound when I start driving?

The beeper sounds when: Driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts. The parking brake lever is not fully released.

Im seeing an amber indicator of a tire with an exclamation point. What is that?

The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention. Check tire pressure.

2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks (P518)

Why do I hear a screeching sound when I apply the brake pedal?

The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

23

24

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 24

Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or higher is recommended. Is it possible to use unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 87 or lower on this vehicle?

Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or higher is recommended. Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 25

Safe Driving

You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.

For Safe Driving Important Safety Precautions ............. 26 Your Vehicle's Safety Features............ 28 Safety Checklist ................................. 29

Seat Belts About Your Seat Belts........................ 30 Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 33 Seat Belt Inspection............................ 36

Airbags Airbag System Components............... 37 Types of Airbags ................................ 40 Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 40

Side Airbags ...................................... 44 Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 46 Airbag System Indicators.................... 47 Airbag Care ....................................... 49

Child Safety Protecting Child Passengers ............... 50 Safety of Infants and Small Children .......52 Safety of Larger Children ................... 61

Exhaust Gas Hazard Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 63

Safety Labels Label Locations .................................. 64

25

26

Safe D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 26

For Safe Driving

1Important Safety Precautions

Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the driver while driving.

The following pages explain your vehicle's safety features and how to use them properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the most important.

Important Safety Precautions Always wear your seat belt A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and wear them properly.

Restrain all children Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the belt properly without a booster seat.

Be aware of airbag hazards While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.

Don't drink and drive Alcohol and driving don't mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink. So don't drink and drive, and don't let your friends drink and drive, either.

uuFor Safe Drivingu Important Safety Precautions Safe D

rivin g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 27

Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash. Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to divert some attention away from driving.

Control your speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted.

Keep your vehicle in safe condition Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle Children left unattended in the vehicle may be injured if they activate one or more of the vehicle controls. They may also cause the vehicle to move, resulting in a crash in which the children and/or another person(s) can be injured or killed. Also, depending on the ambient temperature, the temperature of the interior may reach extreme levels, which can result in injury or death. Even if the climate control system is on, never leave children in the vehicle unattended as the climate control system can shut off at any time.

27

28

uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features

Safe D rivin

g

1Your Vehicle's Safety Features

Your vehicle is equipped with many features that work together to help protect you and your passengers during a crash.

Some features do not require any action on your part. These include a strong steel framework that forms a safety cage around the passenger compartment, front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat belts in a sufficient crash.

However, you and your passengers cannot take full advantage of these features unless you remain seated in the correct position and always wear your seat belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to injuries if they are not used properly.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 28

Your Vehicle's Safety Features

The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and your passengers.

6

7

8

9

10

Safety Cage Crush Zones Seats and Seat-Backs Head Restraints Collapsible Steering Column Seat Belts Front Airbags

Side Curtain Airbags Door Locks

Side Airbags

11 Seat Belt Tensioners

6

7

7

8

8

9 9

10

10

11

uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist Safe D

rivin g

1Safety Checklist

If the door and trunk open indicator is on, a door and/or the trunk is not completely closed. Close all doors and the trunk tightly until the indicator goes off.

2 Door and Trunk Open Indicator P. 73

*

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 29

Safety Checklist For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items each time before you drive. After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors are closed and locked.

Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door.

2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 121

Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash.

2 Adjusting the Seats P. 151

Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.

2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 154

Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any passengers are properly belted as well.

2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 33

Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child's age, height and weight.

2 Child Safety P. 50

29* Not available on all models

30

Safe D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 30

Seat Belts

1About Your Seat Belts

Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your risk of serious injury.

Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories require you to wear seat belts.

If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt, then extend it slowly.

3WARNING Not wearing a seat belt properly increases the chance of serious injury or death in a crash, even though your vehicle has airbags.

Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts and wear them properly.

About Your Seat Belts Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.

In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including: - frontal impacts - side impacts - rear impacts - rollovers

Lap/shoulder seat belts All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to restrain your body. The front passenger's and rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with child seats.

2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 57

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts Safe D

rivin g

1About Your Seat Belts

If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely. Then refasten the belt.

1Seat Belt Reminder

The indicator will also come on if a front passenger does not fasten their seat belt within 6 seconds after the power mode is set to ON. When no one is sitting in the front passengers seat, the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not sound. The indicator also may not come on and the beeper may not sound when the occupant is not heavy enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants (e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will injure or kill them.

2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 50

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 31

Proper use of seat belts Follow these guidelines for proper use: All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position

for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.

Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very seriously injured in a crash.

Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

The seat belt system includes an indicator on the instrument panel to remind the driver or a front passenger or both to fasten their seat belts. If you set the power mode to ON and a seat belt is not fastened, a beeper will sound and the indicator will blink. After a few seconds, the beeper will stop and the indicator will come on and remain illuminated until the seat belt is fastened.

The beeper will periodically sound and the indicator will blink while the vehicle is moving until the drivers and/or the front passengers seat belts is fastened.

Seat Belt Reminder

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

Continued 31

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

32

Safe D rivin

g

1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

The seat belt tensioners can only operate once. If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not offer protection in a subsequent crash.

During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 32

The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.

The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to- severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to inflate the front airbags.

Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Safe D

rivin g

1Fastening a Seat Belt

No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat belt or one that does not appear to be working correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working properly may not protect the occupant in a crash. Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.

Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or retractor mechanism.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 33

Fastening a Seat Belt After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well back in the seat:

2 Adjusting the Seats P. 151

1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.

2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is secure. u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or

caught on anything.

Pull out slowly.

Correct Seated Posture.

Latch Plate

Buckle

33Continued

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

34

Safe D rivin

g

1Fastening a Seat Belt

To release the belt, push the red PRESS button and then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted completely. When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is properly stowed so that it will not get caught in the closing door.

3WARNING Improperly positioning the seat belts can cause serious injury or death in a crash.

Make sure all seat belts are properly positioned before driving.

1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor

The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height one level at a time.

After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder anchor position is secure.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 34

3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as possible across your hips, then pull up on the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic bones take the force of a crash and reduces the chance of internal injuries.

4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to remove any slack, then check that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder. This spreads the forces of a crash over the strongest bones in your upper body.

The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter occupants.

1. Move the anchor up and down while holding the release button.

2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder.

Lap belt as low as possible

Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor

Push

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Safe D

rivin g

1Advice for Pregnant Women

Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is okay for you to drive.

To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front airbag: When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far

back as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle.

When sitting in the front passenger's seat, adjust the seat as far back as possible.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 35

If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips.

Advice for Pregnant Women

Wear the shoulder belt across the chest avoiding the abdomen.

Wear the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips.

35

36

uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection

Safe D rivin

g

1Seat Belt Inspection

3WARNING Not checking or maintaining seat belts can result in serious injury or death if the seat belts do not work properly when needed.

Check your seat belts regularly and have any problem corrected as soon as possible.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 36

Seat Belt Inspection Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:

Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear. Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract

easily. u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only

use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.

Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper protection and should be replaced as soon as possible. A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after any collision.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 37

Airbags

Safe D

rivin g

8

Airbag System Components

6

8

8

8

78 910 8

11

37Continued

38

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

Safe D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 38

The front, front side, and side curtain airbags are deployed according to the direction and severity of impact. Both side curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover. The airbag system includes:

aTwo SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) front airbags. The driver's airbag is stored in the center of the steering wheel; the front passenger's airbag is stored in the dashboard. Both are marked SRS AIRBAG.

bTwo side airbags, one for the driver and one for a front passenger. The airbags are stored in the outer edges of the seat- backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

cTwo side curtain airbags, one for each side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored in the ceiling, above the side windows. The front and rear pillars are marked SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.

dAn electronic control unit that, when the vehicle is on, continually monitors information about the various impact sensors, seat and buckle sensors, rollover sensor, airbag activators, seat belt tensioners, and other vehicle information. During a crash event the unit can record such information.

eAutomatic front seat belt tensioners. In addition, the drivers and front passengers seat belt buckles incorporate sensors that detect whether or not the belts are fastened.

fA drivers seat position sensor. This sensor determines the optimal force at which the airbag will deploy in a crash.

gWeight sensors in the front passenger's seat. The front passenger's airbag will be turned off if the weight on the seat is 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant or small child).

h Impact sensors that can detect a moderate-to-severe front or side impact.

iAn indicator on the dashboard that alerts you that the front passenger's front airbag has been turned off.

jAn indicator on the instrument panel that alerts you to a possible problem with your airbag system or seat belt tensioners.

kA rollover sensor that can detect if your vehicle is about to roll over and signal the control unit to deploy both side curtain airbags.

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components Safe D

rivin g

1Important Facts About Your Airbags

Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together, airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.

When driving, keep hands and arms out of the deployment path of the front airbag by holding each side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over the airbag cover.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 39

Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises, and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.

What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as possible.

Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags deploy.

Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag. Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.

Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag covers. Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.

Important Facts About Your Airbags

39

40

uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags

Safe D rivin

g

1Types of Airbags

The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is in ON.

After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion process of the inflator material and is not harmful. People with respiratory problems may experience some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

1Front Airbags (SRS)

During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate at different rates, depending on the severity of the crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/ or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to supplement the seat belts to help reduce the likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal crashes.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 40

Types of Airbags Your vehicle is equipped with three types of airbags: Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver's and front passenger's seats. Side airbags: Airbags in the driver's and front passenger's seat-backs. Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows. Each is discussed in the following pages.

Front Airbags (SRS) The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.

SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant's primary restraint system.

The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.

Housing Locations

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) Safe D

rivin g

1How the Front Airbags Work

Although the driver's and front passenger's airbags normally inflate within a split second of each other, it is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin, or threshold, that determines whether or not the airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 41

Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions. When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.

A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.

While your seat belt restrains your torso, the front airbag provides supplemental protection for your head and chest.

The front airbags deflate immediately so that they won't interfere with the driver's visibility or the ability to steer or operate other controls.

The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.

Operation

How the Front Airbags Work

Continued 41

42

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

Safe D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 42

When front airbags should not deploy Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash. Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle. Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed to deploy in such collisions. Rollovers: In a rollover, your best form of protection is a seat belt or, if your vehicle is equipped with a rollover sensor, both a seat belt and a side curtain airbag. Front airbags, however, are not designed to deploy in a rollover as they would provide little if any protection. When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent. When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage

appears severe Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed.

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) Safe D

rivin g

1Advanced Airbags

If there is a problem with the drivers seat position sensor, the SRS indicator will come on, and in the event of a crash, the airbag will deploy (regardless of the drivers seating position) with a force corresponding to the severity of the impact.

For the advanced airbags to work properly: Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats. Do not put any object under the passengers seat. Make sure any objects are positioned properly on

the floor. Improperly positioned objects can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.

All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat belts properly.

Do not cover the passengers side dashboard with a cloth, towel, cover, etc.

2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator P. 48

Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger's seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.

2 Floor Mats P. 476

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 43

The airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related injuries to smaller occupants.

The drivers advanced airbag system includes a seat position sensor.

Based on information from this sensor and the severity of the impact, the advanced airbag system determines the optimal deployment of the drivers airbag.

The front passengers advanced airbag system has weight sensors.

We advise against allowing a child age 12 or under to ride in the front passengers seat. However, if you do allow a child age 12 or under to ride in the front passengers seat, note that the system will automatically turn off the front passengers airbag if the sensors detect that the child is approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less.

Advanced Airbags

Drivers Seat Position Sensor

Passengers Seat Weight Sensors

43

44

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

Safe D rivin

g

1Side Airbags

Make sure you and your front seat passenger always sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can prevent the airbag from deploying properly and increases your risk of serious injury.

Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags. They can interfere with the proper operation of the airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.

Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers without consulting a dealer. Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back covers can prevent your side airbags from properly deploying during a side impact.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 44

Side Airbags The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger during a moderate-to-severe side impact.

The side airbags are housed in the outside edge of the driver's and passenger's seat- backs.

Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

When the sensors detect a moderate-to- severe side impact, the control unit signals the side airbag on the impact side to immediately inflate.

Housing Locations

Housing Location

Operation

When inflated

Side Airbag

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags Safe D

rivin g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 45

When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side of the vehicle's framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough impact to deploy the airbag.

When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears severe

It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was towards the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle's crushable body parts absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.

45

46

uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags

Safe D rivin

g

1Side Curtain Airbags

If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt tensioners.

If the impact is on the passengers side, the passengers side curtain airbag deploys even if there are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.

To get the best protection from the side curtain airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.

Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation of the side curtain airbags.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 46

Side Curtain Airbags The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly rollover crashes.

The side curtain airbags are located in the ceiling above the side windows on both sides of the vehicle.

The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy in a moderate-to-severe side impact.

Housing Locations

Side Curtain Airbag Storage

Operation

Deployed Side Curtain Airbag

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators Safe D

rivin g

1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator

3WARNING Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in serious injury or death if the airbag systems or tensioners do not work properly.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts you to a possible problem.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 47

When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal collision.

Airbag System Indicators If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a message appears on the multi-information display.

When the power mode is set to ON The indicator comes on for a few seconds, then goes off. This tells you the system is working properly.

If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don't, your airbags and seat belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

Continued 47

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

48

Safe D rivin

g

1Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator

If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and no objects on the passengers seat, or with an adult riding there, something may be interfering with the weight sensor, such as:

An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back pocket.

A child seat or other object pressing against the rear of the seat-back.

A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger's seat.

The front seat or seat-back is forced back against an object on the seat or floor behind it.

An object placed under the front passenger's seat.

If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

The passenger front airbag off indicator may come on and go off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 48

When the passenger front airbag off indicator comes on

The indicator comes on to alert you that the passenger's front airbag has been turned off. This occurs when the weight sensors detect about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant or small child, on the seat.

Children age 12 or under should always ride properly restrained in a back seat. 2 Child Safety P. 50

Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.

If the front passengers seat is empty, the passenger's front airbag will not deploy and the indicator will not come on.

Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator

U.S. Canada

uuAirbagsuAirbag Care Safe D

rivin g

1Airbag Care

We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag system components, including the airbag, tensioners, sensors, and control unit.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 49

Airbag Care You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle inspected by a dealer in the following situations:

When the airbags have deployed If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced. Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be replaced.

When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the drivers seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passengers seat, front seat belt tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.

Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the drivers seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the passengers seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, Acura Client Relations at 1-800-382-2238 and for Canadian vehicles, Acura Client Services at 1-888-9-ACURA-9.

49

50

Safe D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 50

Child Safety

1Protecting Child Passengers

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that all children ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws restricting where children may ride.

3WARNING Children who are unrestrained or improperly restrained can be seriously injured or killed in a crash.

Any child too small for a seat belt should be properly restrained in a child seat. A larger child should be properly restrained with a seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.

Protecting Child Passengers Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.

To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride in a vehicle.

Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because: An inflating front or side airbag can injure

or kill a child sitting in the front seat.

A child in the front seat is more likely to interfere with the driver's ability to safely control the vehicle.

Statistics show that children of all sizes and ages are safer when they are properly restrained in a rear seat.

uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers Safe D

rivin g

1Protecting Child Passengers

To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.

To remind you of the passenger's front airbag hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the front visors. Please read and follow the instructions on these labels.

2 Safety Labels P. 64

3WARNING Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or wrap one around their neck can result in serious injury or death.

Instruct children not to play with any seat belt and make sure any unused seat belt a child can reach is buckled, fully retracted, and locked.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 51

Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.

Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the event of a collision.

Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.

Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very seriously injured in a crash.

Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.

Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.

51

52

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe D rivin

g

1Protecting Infants

Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for a child up to two years old if the childs height and weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.

Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a forward facing position.

Always refer to the child seat manufacturers instructions before installation.

Do not allow a front seat to rest against a child seat installed in a rear seating position: The weight sensor in the front seat may not correctly detect the actual weight of the occupant.

3WARNING Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death during a crash.

Always place a rear-facing child seat in the rear seat, not the front.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 52

Safety of Infants and Small Children

An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the infant reaches the seat manufacturers weight or height limit for the seat, and the infant is at least one year old.

Positioning a rear-facing child seat Child seats must be placed and secured in a rear seating position.

When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back in the desired position. Make sure that there is no contact between the child seat and the seat in front of it.

It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger's advanced front airbag system.

2 Airbags P. 37

If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front passenger's seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied. Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.

Protecting Infants

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D

rivin g

1Protecting Smaller Children

Educate yourself about the laws and regulations regarding child seat use where you are driving, and follow the child seat manufacturer's instructions.

3WARNING Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the front airbag inflates.

If you must place a forward-facing child seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far back as possible, and properly restrain the child.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 53

If a child is at least one year old and has exceeded the weight and height limitations of a rearward facing child seat, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured forward facing child seat until they exceed the weight and height limitations for the forward facing child seat.

Forward-facing child seat placement We strongly recommend placing a forward- facing child seat in a rear seating position.

Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger's front airbag off. A rear seat is the safest place for a child.

Protecting Smaller Children

Continued 53

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

54

Safe D rivin

g

1Selecting a Child Seat

Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is simple.

LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed to simplify the installation process and reduce the likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 54

Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren). Some have a rigid-type connector, while others have a flexible-type connector. Both are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat manufacturers use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing your child's safety.

In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security. This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owners manual for proper installation instructions.

Important consideration when selecting a child seat Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements: The child seat is the correct type and size for the child. The child seat is the correct type for the seating position. The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or

Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

Selecting a Child Seat

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D

rivin g

1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

For your childs safety, when using a child seat installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.

3WARNING Never attach two child seats to the same anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child seat attachments and may break, causing serious injury or death.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 55

A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats. A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors.

1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.

2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then attach the child seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions that came with the child seat. u When installing the child seat, make sure

that the lower anchors are not obstructed by the seat belt or any other object.

Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

Marks

Rigid Type

Lower Anchors

Continued 55

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

56

Safe D rivin

g

1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

Installing a LATCH-compatible child seat in the rear center seat Each outer rear seat is equipped with a pair of lower anchors which are used to secure a LATCH- compatible child seat. The rear center seat, however, is not equipped with anchors of any kind. The inner and outer anchors are spaced apart at a standard distance of 11 inches (280 mm). The distance between the two inner anchors is 15 inches (380 mm). LATCH-compatible restraint systems that are fitted with rigid-type attachments cannot be installed in the rear center seat. However, a system fitted with flexible-type attachments can be installed in the center seat, provided that the manufacturers instructions for that system permit the use of the inner anchors with the stated spacing. Before seating a child, make sure that the system is properly attached to both the lower anchors and tether anchors.

3WARNING Do not use the lower inner anchors of the outer rear seats to secure a LATCH- compatible child seat to the rear center seat, unless the manufacturers instructions for that system permit the use of inner anchors with the stated spacing.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 56

3. Open the tether anchor cover behind the head restraint.

4. Raise the head restraint to its highest position, then route the tether strap between the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.

5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer.

6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt.

7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked.

Flexible Type

Anchor

Straight Top Tether Type

Other Top Tether Type

Anchor

Tether Strap Hook

Tether Strap Hook

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D

rivin g

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 57

A child seat can be installed with a lap/shoulder belt in any rear seat or, if absolutely necessary, the front passenger seat.

1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat. 2. Route the seat belt through the child seat

according to the seat manufacturers instructions, and insert the latch plate into the buckle. u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.

3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all the way out until it stops. This activates the lockable retractor.

4. Let the seat belt retract a few inches and check that the retractor has switched modes by pulling on the webbing. It should not pull out again until it is reset by removing the latch plate from the buckle. u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt

out, the lockable retractor is not activated. Slowly pull the seat belt all the way out, and repeat steps 3 4.

Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

Continued 57

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

58

Safe D rivin

g

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 58

5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack from the lap part of the belt. u When doing this, place your weight on

the child seat and push it into the vehicle seat.

6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; less than one inch of movement should occur near the seat belt.

7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked.

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D

rivin g

1Adding Security with a Tether

Always use a tether for forward facing child seats when using the seat belt or lower anchors.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 59

A tether anchorage point is provided behind each rear seating position. If you have a child restraint system that comes with a tether but can be installed with a seat belt, the tether may be used for additional security.

1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage point and lift the cover.

2. Raise the head restraint to its highest position, then route the tether strap through the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not twisted.

3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. 4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the

child seat manufacturer.

Adding Security with a Tether

Tether Anchorage Points

CoverAnchor

Outer Position

Outer Position

Anchor

Straight Top Tether Type

Tether Strap Hook

Anchor

Other Top Tether Type

Tether Strap Hook

Continued 59

60

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 60

Center Position

Center Position

Anchor

Straight Top Tether Type

Tether Strap Hook

Anchor

Other Top Tether Type

Tether Strap Hook

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children Safe D

rivin g

1Safety of Larger Children

3WARNING Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in front can result in injury or death if the passengers front airbag inflates.

If a larger child must ride in front, move the vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible, have the child sit up properly and wear the seat belt properly, using a booster seat if needed.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 61

Safety of Larger Children

The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who must sit in front.

When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/ shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the following questions.

Checklist Do the child's knees bend comfortably over

the edge of the seat? Does the shoulder belt cross between the

child's neck and arm? Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as

possible, touching the child's thighs? Will the child be able to stay seated like this

for the whole trip? If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.

Protecting Larger Children

Checking Seat Belt Fit

61Continued

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

62

Safe D rivin

g

1Booster Seats

When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the instructions that came with it, and install the seat accordingly. There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat belt correctly.

Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and territories require children to use a booster seat until they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60 lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or province, or territory where you intend to drive.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 62

If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used properly, position the child in a booster seat in the rear seat. For the childs safety, check that the child meets the booster seat manufacturers recommendations.

Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front: Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information

in this manual. Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible. Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat. Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the

seat.

Monitoring child passengers We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up properly.

Booster Seats

Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 63

Exhaust Gas Hazard

Safe D

rivin g

1Carbon Monoxide Gas

An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up with carbon monoxide gas. Do not run the engine with the garage door closed. Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the garage immediately after starting the engine.

3WARNING Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.

Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you.

Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that expose you to carbon monoxide.

Carbon Monoxide Gas The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon monoxide gas will not get into the interior.

Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever The exhaust system is making an unusual noise. The exhaust system may have been damaged. The vehicle is raised for an oil change.

When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open, open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.

1. Select the fresh air mode. 2. Select the mode. 3. Set the fan speed to high. 4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.

Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked vehicle with the engine running.

63

64

Safe D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 64

Safety Labels

Label Locations These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels

carefully.

If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer for a replacement.

U.S. models Canadian models

Radiator Cap

U.S. models only

Dashboard

Sun Visor

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 65

Instrument Panel

This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.

Indicators ............................................ 66 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages...................... 83

Gauges and Multi-Information Display Gauges.............................................. 90 Multi-Information Display .................. 91

65

66

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 66

Indicators

*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Red)

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off if the parking brake has been released.

Comes on when the parking brake is applied, and goes off when it is released.

Comes on when the brake fluid level is low.

Comes on if there is a problem with the brake system.

The beeper sounds and the indicator comes on if you drive with the parking brake not fully released.

Comes on while driving - Make sure the parking brake is released. Check the brake fluid level.

2 What to do when the indicator comes on while driving P. 517

Comes on along with the ABS indicator - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On P. 517

U.S.

Canada

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 67

*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Brake System Indicator (Amber)

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with a system related to braking other than the conventional brake system.

Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Stays on constantly - Avoid high speeds and sudden braking. Take the vehicle to a dealer immediately.

With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability.

Low Oil Pressure Indicator

Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts.

Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.

Comes on while driving - Immediately stop in a safe place.

2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On P. 515

U.S.

Canada

(Amber)

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

67Continued

68

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 68

*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display

*2:Models with full color display *3:Models without full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Shift Lever Position Indicator

Indicates the current gear selection.

2 Shifting P. 363

Transmission System Indicator

Blinks if the transmission system has a problem.

Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden starts and acceleration and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

M (sequential mode) Indicator/ Gear Position Indicator

Comes on when the manual sequential mode is applied.

2 Sequential Shift Mode Operation P. 366

*2

*3

*2

*3

*2

*3

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 69

*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Malfunction Indicator Lamp

Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off either when the engine starts or after several seconds if the engine did not start. If readiness codes have not been set, it blinks five times before it goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the emissions control system.

Blinks when a misfire in the engine's cylinders is detected.

Readiness codes are part of the on board diagnostics for the emissions control systems.

2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 529 Comes on while driving - Have your

vehicle checked by a dealer. Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe

place where there are no flammable objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes or more, and wait for it to cool down. Then, take the vehicle to a dealer.

2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks P. 516

Charging System Indicator

Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts.

Comes on when the battery is not charging.

Comes on while driving - Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger in order to reduce electricity consumption.

2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 515

69Continued

70

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 70

*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Seat Belt Reminder Indicator

Comes on and the beeper sounds if you are not wearing a seat belt when you set the power mode to ON.

If the front passenger is not wearing a seat belt, the indicator comes on a few seconds later.

Blinks while driving if either you and/or the front passenger has not fastened a seat belt. The beeper sounds and the indicator blinks at regular intervals.

The beeper stops and the indicator goes off when you and the front passenger fasten their seat belts.

Stays on after you and/or the front passenger has fastened the seat belt(s) - A detection error may have occurred in the sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 31

Low Fuel Indicator

Comes on when the fuel reserve is running low (approximately 1.9 U.S. gal./ 7.5 Liter left).

Blinks if there is a problem with the fuel gauge.

Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as possible.

Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 71

*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

If it comes on at any other time, there is a problem with the ABS.

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability but no anti-lock function.

2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 410

Supplemental Restraint System Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if a problem with any of the following is detected: - Supplemental restraint

system - Side airbag system - Side curtain airbag system - Seat belt tensioner

Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

71Continued

72

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 72

*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator

Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts.

Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system.

Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On P. 517

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Blinks when VSA is active. Comes on if there is a problem

with the VSA system or hill start assist system.

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System P. 399

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) OFF Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when you deactivate VSA.

2 VSA On and Off P. 400

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 73

*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display

*2:Models without full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Door and Trunk Open Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds if you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if any door or the trunk is not completely closed.

Comes on if any door is opened while driving. The beeper sounds.

Goes off when all doors and the trunk are closed.

Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON.

Comes on if the tire pressure of any of the tires becomes significantly low.

Blinks for about one minute, and then stays on if there is a problem with the TPMS, or when a compact spare tire is temporarily installed.

Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe place, check tire pressures, and inflate the tire(s) if necessary.

Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted with a compact spare, get your regular tire repaired or replaced and put back on your vehicle as soon as you can.

*2

73Continued

74

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 74

*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

System Message Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on along with a beep when a problem is detected. A system message on the multi- information display appears at the same time.

While the indicator is on, press the

(information) button to see the message again.

Refer to the Indicators information in this chapter when a system message appears on the multi-information display. Take the appropriate action for the message.

The multi-information display does not return to the normal screen unless the

warning is canceled, or the button is pressed.

Turn Signal Indicators

Blink when you operate the turn signal lever.

Blink along with all turn signals if you press the hazard warning button.

Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A turn signal light bulb has blown. Change the bulb immediately.

2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 453, 456

High-Beam Indicator

Comes on when the high beam headlights are on.

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 75

*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Lights On Indicator

Comes on whenever the light switch is on, or in AUTO when the exterior lights are on.

If you set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while the exterior lights are on, a chime sounds when the driver's door is opened.

Fog Light Indicator*

Comes on when the fog lights are on.

Immobilizer System Indicator

Comes on briefly when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if the immobilizer system cannot recognize the key information.

Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then select the ON mode again.

Repeatedly blinks - The system may be malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems can occur.

75Continued* Not available on all models

76

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 76

*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Security System Alarm Indicator

Blinks when the Security System Alarm has been set.

2 Security System Alarm P. 129

Keyless Access System Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on as soon as a problem is detected in the keyless access system or keyless starting system.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

CRUISE MAIN Indicator*

Comes on when you press the CRUISE button. 2 Cruise Control* P. 367

CRUISE CONTROL Indicator*

Comes on when you have set a speed for cruise control. 2 Cruise Control* P. 367

Indicator

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 77

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the RDM system.

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Comes on when the RDM system shuts itself off.

Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 370

Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 370

Models with RDM

77Continued* Not available on all models

78

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 78

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Indicator (Amber)

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with ACC.

Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Comes on if anything covers the radar sensor cover and prevents the sensor from detecting a vehicle in front.

May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)

ACC has been automatically canceled.

When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth.

Have your vehicle checked by a dear if the indicator does not go off even after you clean the sensor cover.

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Indicator (Green)

Comes on when you press the MAIN button.

2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* P. 372

Comes on if the temperature inside the camera is too high.

ACC has been automatically canceled.

Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.

Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing the MAIN button can resume the system.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 370 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* P. 372

Models with ACC

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 79

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Amber)

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the LKAS.

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Green)

Comes on when you press the MAIN button.

2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)* P. 391

Comes on if the temperature inside the camera is too high.

The LKAS has been automatically canceled.

Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.

Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but the temperature inside the front sensor camera is too high. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.

Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing the LKAS button can resume the system.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 370 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*

P. 391

Comes on when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.

Models with LKAS

79Continued* Not available on all models

80

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 80

*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Blind spot information (BSI) Indicator*

Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Stays on while BSI is turned off.

Comes on when mud, snow, or ice accumulates in the vicinity of sensor.

Comes on while driving - Remove the obstacle in the vicinity of sensor.

2 Blind spot information (BSI) System* P. 401

Comes on if there is a problem with the system.

Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 81

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator*

Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when you deactivate the CMBSTM. A multi-information display message appears for five seconds.

Comes on if there is a problem with the CMBSTM.

Stays on constantly without the CMBSTM off - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* P. 412

Models with CMBSTM

81Continued* Not available on all models

82

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 82

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator*

Comes on when the CMBSTM system shuts itself off.

Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 370

When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message does not disappear even after you clean the sensor cover.

2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* P. 412

Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 370

Models with CMBSTM

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 83

Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages The following messages appear only on the multi-information display. Press the (information) button to see the message again

In stru

m en

t Pan el

with the system message indicator on.

*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display

Message*1 Condition Explanation

Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not installed.

2 Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message P. 516

Appears when the washer fluid is low. Refill washer fluid. 2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 450

Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due soon.

Consequently, SERVICE DUE NOW/ Maintenance Due Now and SERVICE PAST DUE/Maintenance Past Due follow.

2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information Display P. 437

Canadian models

83Continued

84

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

Explanation

2 Overheating P. 513

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Checking the Battery P. 471

Appears along with the battery charging system indicator - Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger to reduce electricity consumption.

2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 515

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 84

*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display

Message*1 Condition

Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets abnormally high.

Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on the battery.

Appears when the battery is not charging.

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

Explanation

As a temporary measure, press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for 15 seconds while pressing the brake pedal and manually start the engine. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Bring the keyless remote in front of the

ENGINE START/STOP button to be touched with.

2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 507

Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice with your foot off the brake pedal to change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 85

*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display

Message*1 Condition

Appears when the starter system has a problem.

Appears if the keyless access remotes battery is too weak to start the engine or the key is not within operating range to start the engine. A beeper sounds six times.

Appears after the drivers door is opened when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.

Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

85Continued

86

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

Explanation

Disappears when you bring the keyless access

remote back inside the vehicle and close the door.

2 Keyless Access Remote Reminder P. 138

Replace the battery as soon as possible. 2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 472

2 Starting the Engine P. 356

2 Starting the Engine P. 356

Move the shift lever to (P. The power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 86

*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display

Message*1 Condition

Appears when you close the door with the power mode in ON without the keyless access remote inside the vehicle.

Appears when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak.

Appears after you unlock and open the drivers door.

Appears three seconds after the TO START ENGINE message appears.

Appears if you push the ENGINE START/STOP button to turn the engine off without the shift lever in (P .

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

Explanation

2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback* P. 358

Immediately stop in a safe place in (P. Let the engine idle until the message

disappears.

Goes off when all doors and the trunk are closed.

Appears while driving - The low beam headlights may not be on. When conditions allow you to drive safely, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 87

*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display

Message*1 Condition

Appears when you unlock and open the drivers door while the engine is running by two-way keyless access remote*.

Appears when the transmission system temperature is too high. The vehicle no longer moves.

Appears if any door or the trunk is not completely closed.

Appears if any door is opened while driving. The beeper sounds.

Appears when there is a problem with the headlights.

87Continued* Not available on all models

88

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 88

Message Condition Explanation

Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a vehicle in front of you.

Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes, etc.)

2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* P. 412

2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* P. 372

Appears when ACC has been automatically canceled. You can resume the set speed after the condition that caused ACC to cancel improves. Press the RES/ACCEL button.

2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* P. 372

Models with ACC

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 89

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected line. The beeper sounds simultaneously.

Alerts you with a beep that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.

Alerts you with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.

Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving. The color of either line changes from white to amber as

the vehicle gets closer to that side of the lane line.

Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper sounds simultaneously.

Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.

Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but there is a problem with a system related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.

If any other system indicators come on, such as the VSA, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.

Models with LKAS

RDM selected Warning only

RDM selected Normal or Wide

89

90

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 90

Gauges and Multi-Information Display

1Fuel Gauge

NOTICE You should refuel when the needle approaches . Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.

The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from the fuel gauge reading.

E

1Temperature Gauge

NOTICE Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull safely to the side of the road and allow engine temperature to return to normal.

2 Overheating P. 513

Gauges Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators. They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.

Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h.

Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.

Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.

Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.

Speedometer

Tachometer

Fuel Gauge

Temperature Gauge

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 91

Multi-Information Display The multi-information display shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature indicator, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information.

91Continued

92

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

Elapsed Time

Average Speed

Range

Compass*re for

Turn-by-Turn Directions*

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 92

Main displays Press the (information) button to change the display.

Switching the Display

Models with full color display

(information) Button

Engine Oil LifeVehicle Settings

Blank Screen Instant Fuel Economy/ Average Fuel Economy

Tire Pressu Each Tire

* Not available on all models

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

Elapsed Time

Average Speed

Range

Tire Pressure for Each Tire

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 93

Models without full color display

Engine Oil LifeVehicle Settings

Blank Screen Instant Fuel Economy/ Average Fuel Economy

(information) Button

93Continued

94

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

A Trip B

Outside temperature

SEL/RESET Button

Button

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 94

Lower displays Press the SEL/RESET button to change the display.

Models with full color display

Odometer Trip

SEL/RESET Button

SEL/RESET Button

SEL/RESET

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

rip A Trip B

Button

SEL/RESET Button

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 95

Models without full color display

Odometer T

Outside temperature

SEL/RESET Button

SEL/RESET

SEL/RESET Button

95Continued

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

96

In stru

m en

t Pan el

1Trip Meter

Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by pressing the SEL/RESET button.

1Outside Temperature

The temperature sensor is in the front bumper. Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).

It may take several minutes for the display to be updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.

Use the multi-information displays customized features to correct the temperature.

2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

1Average Fuel Economy

You can change when to reset the average fuel economy.

2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 96

Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.

Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips.

Resetting a trip meter To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the SEL/RESET button. The trip meter is reset to 0.0.

Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).

Adjusting the outside temperature display Adjust the temperature reading up to 5F (U.S.) or 3C (Canada) if the temperature reading seems incorrect.

Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel economy is also reset.

Odometer

Trip Meter

Outside Temperature

Average Fuel Economy

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

1Elapsed Time

You can change when to reset the elapsed time. 2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

1Average Speed

You can change when to reset the average speed. 2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

1Turn-by-Turn Directions*

The multi-information display shows a compass when the route guidance is not used.

You can select whether the turn-by-turn display comes on or not during the route guidance.

2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 97

Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).

Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining power and fuel. This distance is estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.

Shows the time elapsed since the Trip A or Trip B was reset.

Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since the Trip A or Trip B was reset.

Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the navigation system.

2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

Instant Fuel Economy

Range

Elapsed Time

Average Speed

Turn-by-Turn Directions*

Continued 97* Not available on all models

98

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 98

Shows each tires pressure. 2 Tire Pressure Monitor P. 405

Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM. 2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 435

Tire Pressure Monitor

Engine Oil Life

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

1Customized Features

To customize other features, roll the right selector wheel.

2 List of customizable options P. 102 2 Example of customization settings P. 107

Customization is possible when you see the drivers ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) on the screen. The drivers ID indicates which remote transmitter you have used to unlock the drivers door. The customized settings are recalled every time you unlock the drivers door with that remote.

Put the transmission into (P before you attempt to change any customized setting.

Customizing is also available from the audio/ information screen. You cannot have Vehicle Settings displayed on the multi-information display while the audio/ information screen shows the same menu.

2 Customized Features* P. 263

Models with driving position memory system

Models with On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 99

Use the multi-information display to customize certain features.

How to customize Press the button to select Vehicle Settings and press the SEL/RESET button.

Customized Features

Multi-information Display: Goes to Vehicle Settings.

Models without full color display

Models with full color display

SEL/RESET Button: Enters the selected item

Button: Changes the customize menus and items

Continued 99* Not available on all models

100

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 100

Customization flow Press the button to select Vehicle Settings and press the SEL/RESET button.

Vehicle Settings

Trip A Reset Timing

Language Selection

Adjust Outside Temp. Display

Memory Position Link

Door Unlock Mode

Keyless Access Light Flash

Driver Assist System Setup

Meter Setup

Driving Position Setup*

Keyless Access Setup

Trip B Reset Timing

Turn by Turn Display*

Forward Collision Warning Distance*

ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep*

Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep*

Blind Spot Info*

Keyless Access Beep

ACC Display Speed Unit*

Road Departure Mitigation Setting*

SEL/RESET

SEL/RESET

SEL/RESET

SEL/RESET

SEL/RESET

SEL/RESET

Remote Start System On/Off*

* Not available on all models

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

Key And Remote Unlock Mode

Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock

Keyless Lock Answer Back Security Relock Timer

Interior Light Dimming Time

Headlight Auto Off Timer

Auto Light Sensitivity

Maintenance Reset

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 101

Exit

Door Setup

Maintenance Info.

Default All

Lighting Setup

SEL/RESET

SEL/RESET

SEL/RESET

SEL/RESET

101Continued

102

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 102

List of customizable options

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Driver Assist System Setup

Forward Collision Warning Distance* Changes at which distance CMBSTM alerts. Long/Normal*1/Short

ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep*

Causes the system to beep when the system detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC range.

On/Off*1

ACC Display Speed Unit* Changes the speed unit for ACC on the multi- information display.

mph*1/km/h (U.S.) mph/km/h*1 (Canada)

Road Departure Mitigation Setting*

Changes the setting for the road departure mitigation system.

Normal*1/Wide/Warning Only

Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep* Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is suspended. On/Off*1

Blind Spot Info* Changes the setting for the blind spot information. Audible And Visual Alert*1/Visual Alert/Off

* Not available on all models

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 103

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Meter Setup

Language Selection Changes the displayed language. English*1/Franais/ Espaol

Adjust Outside Temp. Display

Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.

-5F ~ 0F*1 ~ +5F (U.S.) -3C ~ 0C*1 ~ +3C (Canada)

Trip A Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A, average fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed time A.

When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1

Trip B Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B, average fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed time B.

When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1

Turn by Turn Display* Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on during the route guidance.

On*1/Off

103Continued* Not available on all models

104

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 104

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Driving Position Setup*

Memory Position Link Turns the driving position memory system on and off.

On*1/Off

Keyless Access Setup

Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unlock when you grab the drivers door handle.

Driver Door Only*1/All Doors

Keyless Access Light Flash

Causes some exterior lights to flash when you unlock/lock the doors.

On*1/Off

Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock the doors.

On*1/Off

Remote Start System On/ Off* Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On*1/Off

* Not available on all models

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 105

*1: Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Lighting Setup

Interior Light Dimming Time

Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on after you close the doors.

60sec/30sec*1/15sec

Headlight Auto Off Timer

Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on after you close the drivers door.

60sec/30sec/15sec*1/0sec

Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid*1/Low/Min

Door Setup

Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for when the doors automatically lock.

With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift From P/Off

Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors automatically unlock.

All Doors When Drivers Door Opens*1/All Doors When Shifted To Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off

Key And Remote Unlock Mode

Sets up either the drivers door or all doors to unlock on the first operation of the remote or built-in key.

Driver Door*1/ All Doors

Keyless Lock Answer Back

LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash. LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.

On*1/Off

Security Relock Timer Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and the security system to set after you unlock the vehicle without opening any door.

90sec/60sec/30sec*1

105Continued

106

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 106

*1: Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Maintenance Info.

Maintenance Reset Resets/Cancels the engine oil life display when you have performed the maintenance service.

Cancel/Reset

Default All Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as default.

Cancel/Set

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 107

Example of customization settings The steps for changing the Trip A Reset Timing setting to When Refueled are shown below. The default setting for Trip A Reset Timing is Manually Reset.

1. Press and release the button to select Vehicle Settings, then press the SEL/RESET button.

2. Press and release the button until Meter Setup appears on the display.

3. Press the SEL/RESET button. u Language Selection appears first on

the display.

*1: Models with full color display *2: Models without full color display

*1 *2

*1 *2

107Continued

108

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 108

4. Press and release the button until Trip A Reset Timing appears on the display, then press the SEL/RESET button. u The display switches to the

customization setup screen, where you can select When Refueled, IGN Off, Manually Reset, or Exit.

5. Press and release the button select When Refueled, then press the SEL/ RESET button. u The When Refueled Setup screen

appears, then the display returns to the customization menu screen.

6. Press and release the button until Exit appears on the display, press the SEL/ RESET button.

7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the normal screen.

*1: Models with full color display *2: Models without full color display

*1 *2

*1 *2

*1 *2

* Not available on all m

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 109

Controls

This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.

Clock .................................................. 110 Locking and Unlocking the Doors

Key Types and Functions .................. 112 Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength......................................... 114

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside .......................................... 115

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ............................................. 121

Childproof Door Locks ..................... 123 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 124

Opening and Closing the Trunk....... 125 Security System ................................ 129

Immobilizer System .......................... 129

odels

Security System Alarm...................... 129 Opening and Closing the Windows .... 132 Opening and Closing the Moonroof ....... 135 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 136 Turn Signals ..................................... 139 Light Switches.................................. 139 Fog Lights* ...................................... 142 Daytime Running Lights ................... 142 Wipers and Washers ........................ 143 Brightness Control ........................... 145 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button...146 Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 146

Driving Position Memory System* .... 147 Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 149

Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 149 Power Door Mirrors ......................... 150

Adjusting the Seats .......................... 151 Adjusting the Seat Positions............. 151

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items ................................................ 159 Interior Lights .................................. 159 Interior Convenience Items .............. 160

Climate Control System ................... 164 Using Automatic Climate Control .... 164 Automatic Climate Control Sensors......167

109

110

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 110

Clock

1Clock

The clock is automatically updated through the navigation system, so the time does not need to be adjusted.

Models with navigation system

1Adjusting the Clock

These indications are used to show how to operate the selector knob. Rotate to select. Press to enter.

You can adjust the time in the clock display, with the power mode in ON.

Adjusting the Clock

1. Press the SETUP button. 2. Rotate to select Adjust Clock on the

screen.

3. Press . Adjust Clock appears. 4. Rotate to select the item you want to

adjust (12/24 hour mode, hour, minute).

Then press . 5. Rotate to make the adjustment.

6. Press to enter your selection. The display returns to Adjust Clock. Repeat steps 4 to 6 to adjust other items.

7. To enter the selection, rotate and select

Set, then press .

Models without navigation system

Models with one display

SETUP Button

uuClockuAdjusting the Clock C

o n

tro ls

1Adjusting the Clock

The clock is automatically updated when your smartphone is connected to the audio system with Sync Clock w/ Smartphone setting.

2 Customized Features* P. 263

Models with two displays

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 111

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock,

then Clock Adjustment. 3. Rotate to change hour, then press . 4. Rotate to change minute, then press

.

Models with two displays

111* Not available on all models

112

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 112

Locking and Unlocking the Doors

1Key Types and Functions

All the keys have an immobilizer system. The immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle theft.

2 Immobilizer System P. 129

Follow the advice below to prevent damage to the keys: Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in

locations with high temperature or high humidity. Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them. Keep the keys away from liquids, dust and sand. Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the

battery. If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine may not start, and the keyless access system may not work. If the keys do not work properly, have them inspected by a dealer.

You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote.

2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback* P. 358

Models with two-way keyless access remote

Key Types and Functions This vehicle comes with the following keys:

Use the keyless access remote to start and stop the engine, to lock and unlock the doors and to open the trunk.

Models without two-way keyless access remote

Models with two-way keyless access remote

* Not available on all models

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions C

o n

tro ls

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 113

The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the doors when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak and the power door lock/ unlock operation is disabled.

To remove the built-in key, slide the release knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall the built-in key, push the built-in key into the keyless access remote until it clicks.

Built-in Key

Built-in Key

Release Knob

Models without two-way keyless access remote

Models with two-way keyless access remote

Release Knob

Built-in Key

113Continued

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength

114

C o

n tro

ls

1Key Number Tag

Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a safe place outside of your vehicle. If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a dealer.

If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine, contact a dealer.

1Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength

Communication between the keyless access remote and the vehicle consumes the keyless access remotes battery. Battery life is about two years, but this varies depending on regularity of use. The battery is consumed whenever the keyless access remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing it near electrical appliances such as televisions and personal computers.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 114

Contains a number that you will need if you purchase a replacement key.

Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless access remote when locking/ unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or to start the engine.

In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or starting the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable: Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment. You are carrying the keyless access remote together with telecommunications

equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices. A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless access remote.

Key Number Tag

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C

o n

tro ls

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

If the interior light switch is in the door activated position, the interior light comes on when you unlock the doors. No doors opened: The light fades out after 30 seconds. Doors relocked: The light goes off immediately.

2 Interior Lights P. 159

1Using the Keyless Access System

If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the keyless access system, the doors will automatically relock.

You can lock or unlock doors using the keyless access system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 115

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

When you carry the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors and open the trunk. You can lock/unlock the doors and trunk within a radius of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door handle or trunk release button.

Locking the doors and the trunk Press the door lock button on the front door. u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper

sounds; all the doors lock; and the security system sets.

Using the Keyless Access System

Door Lock Button

115Continued

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

116

C o

n tro

ls

1Using the Keyless Access System

Do not leave the keyless access remote in the vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.

Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors while someone else with the remote is within range.

The door may be unlocked if the door handle is covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if the keyless access remote is within range.

If you grip a front door handle wearing gloves, the door sensor may be slow to respond or may not respond by unlocking the doors.

After locking the door, you have up to two seconds during which you can pull the door handle to confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait at least two seconds before gripping the handle, otherwise the door will not unlock.

The door might not open if you pull it immediately after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle again and confirm that the door is unlocked before pulling the handle.

Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the keyless access remote if it is above or below the outside handle.

The keyless access remote may not operate if it is too close to the door and door glass.

The light flash, beep and door unlock mode settings can be customized using the audio/information screen or multi-information display.

2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 116

Unlocking the doors and the trunk Grab the drivers door handle: u The drivers door unlocks. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the

beeper sounds twice. Grab the front passengers door handle: u All the doors unlock. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the

beeper sounds twice.

Press the trunk release button: u The trunk unlocks and opens. u The beeper will sound. 2 Using the Trunk Release Button P. 126

Trunk Release Button

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C

o n

tro ls

1Using the Remote Transmitter

If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter, the doors will automatically relock. You can change the relock timer setting.

2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

You can lock or unlock doors using the remote transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.

The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so the operating range may vary depending on the surroundings.

The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is open.

If the distance at which the remote transmitter works varies, the battery is probably low. If the LED does not come on when you press a button, the battery is dead.

2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 472

You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 117

Locking the doors Press the lock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors

lock, and the security system sets. Twice (within five seconds after the first push): u The beeper sounds and verifies the

security system is set.

Unlocking the doors Press the unlock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the

driver's door unlocks. Twice: u The remaining doors unlock.

*1: Checking Door Lock Status* P. 120

Using the Remote Transmitter

LED

Unlock Button

Lock Button

LED*1

Unlock Button

Lock Button

Continued 117* Not available on all models

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

118

C o

n tro

ls

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key

When you lock the driver's door with a key, all the other doors lock at the same time. When unlocking, the driver's door unlocks first. Turn the key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining doors.

If you unlock the doors with the key, the alarm goes off when you open the hood or move the shift lever out of (P before the power mode is set to ON.

You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 118

If the lock or unlock button of the keyless access remote does not work, use the key instead.

2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 472

Fully insert the key and turn it.

Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key

Lock

Unlock

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C

o n

tro ls

1Locking a Door Without Using a Key

When you lock the driver's door, all the other doors lock at the same time. Before locking a door, make sure that the key is not inside the vehicle.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 119

If you do not have the key on you, or if for some reason you cannot lock a door using the key, you can lock the door without it.

Locking the front doors Push the lock tab forward a or push the master door lock switch in the lock direction b, and close the door.

Locking the rear doors Push the lock tab forward and close the door.

Lockout prevention system The doors cannot be locked when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle.

Locking a Door Without Using a Key

Continued 119

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

120

C o

n tro

ls

1Checking Door Lock Status*

Operate the remote in an open space. If there are buildings or other obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the remote may not work even within the operable range. However, the range required for unlocking the trunk and all the doors as well as activating the panic function is the same as that required for operating the standard keyless access remote.

2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

When checking the door lock status, you can also start or stop the engine.

2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback* P. 358

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 120

You can remotely check if your vehicles doors are all locked or any are unlocked using the keyless access remote from extended distances.

Press the lock button, the Amber (LEFT) LED blinks once. Then after three seconds one of the following feedback will come: Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked. Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not

completely closed. Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status

from the vehicle.

Checking Door Lock Status*

Red

Green

Amber

Lock Button

* Not available on all models

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside C

o n

tro ls

1Using the Lock Tab

When you lock the door using the lock tab on the driver's door, all the other doors lock at the same time. When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the driver's door, only the driver's door will unlock.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 121

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

Locking a door Push the lock tab forward.

Unlocking a door Pull the lock tab rearward.

Using the Lock Tab

To Unlock

Lock Tab To Lock

121Continued

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

122

C o

n tro

ls

1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

The inner front door handles are designed to allow front seat occupants to open the door in one motion. However this feature requires that front seat occupants never pull a front door inner handle while the vehicle is in motion.

Children should always ride in a rear seat where childproof door locks are provided.

2 Childproof Door Locks P. 123

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 122

Pull the front door inner handle. u The door unlocks and opens in one

motion.

Unlocking and opening the drivers door from the inner handle unlocks all the other doors.

To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the drivers door to unlock, then lock again before opening the door. u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be

unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using the multi-information display or audio/information screen. 2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

Inner Handle

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks C

o n

tro ls

1Using the Master Door Lock Switch

When you lock/unlock either front door using the master door lock switch, all the other doors lock/ unlock at the same time.

1Childproof Door Locks

To open the door from the inside when the childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the unlock position, lower the rear window, put your hand out of the window, and pull the outside door handle.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 123

Press the master door lock switch in as shown to lock or unlock all the doors.

Childproof Door Locks The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside regardless of the position of the lock tab.

Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock position, and close the door.

When opening the door Open the door using the outside door handle.

Using the Master Door Lock Switch

To Unlock

To Lock

Master Door Lock Switch

Setting the Childproof Door Locks

Unlock

Lock

123

124

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking

C o

n tro

ls

1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking

You can turn off or change to another auto door locking/unlocking setting using the audio/ information screen or multi-information display.

2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 124

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Your vehicle locks or unlocks all doors automatically when a certain condition is met.

Drive lock mode All doors lock when the vehicles speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).

Drivers door open mode All doors unlock when the drivers door is opened.

Auto Door Locking

Auto Door Unlocking

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 125

Opening and Closing the Trunk

C

o n

tro ls

Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk Opening the trunk Open the trunk all the way. u If it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight.

Closing the trunk Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to: u Avoid possible damage. u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle. 2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 63

Using the Trunk Opener Pulling the trunk release to the lower left of the driver's seat unlocks and opens the trunk.

Trunk Release

125Continued

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Trunk Release Button

126

C o

n tro

ls 1Using the Trunk Release Button

If you forget the keyless access remote inside, the beeper will sound and the trunk will not close.

A person who is not carrying the keyless access remote can unlock the trunk if a person who is carrying it is within range.

If the beeper sounds after you close the trunk, move the keyless access remote away from the trunk and close again.

The keyless access remote may not operate if it is too close to the trunk.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 126

Locking the trunk opener You can lock the trunk release with the built- in key.

Using the Trunk Release Button Push up the release button on the trunk lid after the doors are unlocked.

Even if the trunk is locked, you can open the trunk if you carry the keyless access remote. u The beeper will sound.

Trunk Release Button

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Remote Transmitter C

o n

tro ls

1Using the Remote Transmitter

If the drivers door is locked, the trunk will automatically lock when you close it. Otherwise, you will have to lock it manually.

1Trunk Main Switch

If you need to give the key to someone else, remove the built-in key from the keyless access remote by sliding the release knob, and give the remote as a valet key.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 127

Using the Remote Transmitter Press the trunk release button for approximately one second to unlock and open the trunk.

Trunk Main Switch The trunk main switch disables the trunk release button on the remote transmitter and the trunk release button on the trunk lid to protect luggage in the trunk. 1. Make sure the rear seat-back is not folded

down. 2. Turn off the trunk main switch in the glove

box. 3. Lock the glove box. 4. Lock the trunk release.

2 Using the Trunk Opener P. 125

Trunk Release Button

Trunk Release Button

ON

OFF

Main Switch

127

128

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuEmergency Trunk Opener

C o

n tro

ls

1Emergency Trunk Opener

Parents should decide if their children should be shown how to use this feature.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 128

Emergency Trunk Opener The trunk release lever allows you to open the trunk from inside for your safety.

Slide the release lever in the direction of the arrow.

Lever

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 129

Security System

C

o n

tro ls

1Immobilizer System

NOTICE Leaving the keyless access remote in the vehicle can result in theft or accidental movement of the vehicle. Always take the key with you whenever you leave the vehicle unattended.

Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable.

1Security System Alarm

Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable.

The security alarm continues for a maximum of two minutes until the security system deactivates.

Immobilizer System The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic signals to verify the key.

Pay attention to the following when pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button: Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ENGINE START/

STOP button. Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object. Do not bring a key from another vehicle's immobilizer system with the keyless

access remote. Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic devices, such as televisions

and audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can become magnetic.

Security System Alarm The security system alarm activates when the trunk, hood or doors are forcibly opened. The alarm does not activate if the trunk or doors are opened with the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system.

However, the alarm activates if a door is opened with the key and then the transmission is taken out of (P or the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON.

When the security system alarm activates The horn sounds intermittently and some exterior lights flash.

129Continued

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm

130

C o

n tro

ls

1Security System Alarm

Do not set the security system alarm when someone is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can accidentally activate when: Unlocking the door with the lock tab. Opening the trunk with the trunk release or the

emergency trunk opener. Opening the hood with the hood release. Taking the transmission out of (P.

If the battery goes dead after you have set the security system alarm, the security alarm may go off once the battery is recharged or replaced. If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter, or keyless access system.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 130

To deactivate the security system alarm Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter or keyless access remote. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.

Setting the security system alarm The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have been met: The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). The hood and trunk are closed. All doors are locked from outside with the key, remote transmitter or keyless

access system.

When the security system alarm sets The security system indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system is set.

To cancel the security system alarm The security system is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote transmitter, or you grab either front door handle while carrying the keyless access remote, or the power mode is set to ON. The security system indicator goes off at the same time.

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm C

o n

tro ls

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 131

The PANIC button on the remote transmitter

If you press the panic button for approximately one second, the following will occur for about 30 seconds: The horn sounds. Some exterior lights flash.

Canceling panic mode Press any button on the remote transmitter, or set the power mode to ON.

Panic Mode

Panic Button

Panic Button

131

132

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 132

Opening and Closing the Windows

1Opening/Closing the Power Windows

The power windows can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function.

Auto Reverse If a power window senses resistance when closing automatically, it will stop closing and reverse direction.

The drivers window auto reverse function is disabled when you continuously pull up the switch.

The auto reverse function stops sensing when the window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.

3WARNING Closing a power window on someone's hands or fingers can cause serious injury.

Make sure your passengers are away from the windows before closing them.

Opening/Closing the Power Windows The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON, using the switches on the doors.

The drivers side switches can be used to open and close all of the windows. The power window lock button on the driver's side must be switched off (not pushed in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the drivers seat.

When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you can only operate the driver's window. Turn the power window lock button on when children are in the vehicle.

Automatic operation To open: Push the switch down firmly. To close: Pull the switch up firmly.

The window opens or closes completely. To stop the window at any time, push or pull the switch briefly.

Manual operation To open: Push the switch down lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached.

Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function

ON OFF

Power Window Lock Button

Indicator

Drivers Window Switch

Front Passengers Window Switch

uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows C

o n

tro ls

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 133

To open: Push the switch down. To close: Pull the switch up.

Release the switch when the window reaches the desired position.

To open: Press the unlock button, and then within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it.

If the windows and moonroof stop midway, repeat the procedure.

Opening/Closing Windows without Auto-Open/Close Function

Close

Open

Opening Windows and Moonroof with the Remote

Unlock Button

133Continued

134

uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 134

To open: Unlock the drivers door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the unlock direction and hold it there. To close: Lock the drivers door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the lock direction and hold it there.

Release the key to stop the windows/ moonroof at the desired position. If you want further adjustment, repeat the same operation.

Opening/Closing the Windows/Moonroof with the Key

Close

Open

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 135

Opening and Closing the Moonroof

C

o n

tro ls

1Opening/Closing the Moonroof

NOTICE Opening the moonroof in below freezing temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice can damage the moonroof panel or motor.

The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function.

When resistance is detected, the auto reverse function causes the moonroof to change directions, then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.

3WARNING Opening or closing the moonroof on someone's hands or fingers can cause serious injury.

Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of the moonroof before opening or closing it.

You can only operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.

Automatic operation To open: Pull the switch back firmly. To close: Push the switch forward firmly.

The moonroof will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the moonroof midway, push the switch briefly.

Manual operation To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached.

Tilting the moonroof up To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof switch. To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then release.

Opening/Closing the Moonroof

Close

Open

Tilt

135

136

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 136

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel

1ENGINE START/STOP Button

ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range

You can start the engine when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle. The engine may also run if the keyless access remote is close to the door or window, even if it is outside the vehicle.

ON mode: Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running.

If the battery of the keyless access remote is getting low, the engine may not start when you press the ENGINE START/STOP button. If the engine does not start, refer to the following link.

2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 507

Operating Range

ENGINE START/STOP Button

Changing the Power Mode

VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) Indicator in the button is off. The power to all electrical components is turned off.

Press the button without the shift lever in (P.

Press the button with the shift lever in (P.

Press the button.

Without pressing the brake pedal

ACCESSORY Indicator in the button is on. Indicator in the button blinks (from ON to ACCESSORY). Operate the audio system and other accessories in this position.

ON Indicator in the button is on. All electrical components can be used.

Indicator

Shift to (P.

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button C

o n

tro ls

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 137

If you open the drivers door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning buzzer sounds.

If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid draining the battery.

Power Mode Reminder

Automatic Power Off

137Continued

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button

138

C o

n tro

ls

1Keyless Access Remote Reminder

When the keyless access remote is within the systems operational range, and the drivers door is closed, the warning function cancels.

If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle after the engine has been started, you can no longer change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE START/STOP button.

Removing the keyless access remote from the vehicle through a window does not activate the warning buzzer.

Do not put the keyless access remote on the dashboard or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer to go off. Under some other conditions that can prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is within the systems operational range.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 138

Warning buzzers may sound from inside and/ or outside the vehicle to remind you that the keyless access remote is out of the vehicle. If the buzzer continues even after the remote is put back inside, place it to be within its operational range.

When the power mode is in ON If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and the drivers door is closed, a warning buzzer sounds from both inside and outside the vehicle. A warning message on the multi-information display notifies the driver inside that the remote outside of the vehicle.

When the power mode is in ACCESSORY

If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and the drivers door is closed, a warning buzzer sounds from outside the vehicle.

Keyless Access Remote Reminder

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals C

o n

tro ls

1Light Switches

If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the lights on, a light on reminder chime will sound when you open the drivers door.

When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the instrument panel will be on.

2 Lights On Indicator P. 75

If you sense that the level of the headlights is abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off because it will cause the battery to discharge.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 139

Turn Signals The turn signals can be used when the power mode is in ON.

One-touch turn signal When you lightly push up or down and release the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals and turn signal indicator blink three times.

This feature can be used when signaling for a lane change.

Light Switches

Rotating the light switch turns the lights on and off, regardless of the power mode setting. High beams Push the lever forward until you hear a click. Low beams When in high beams, pull the lever back to return to low beams. Flashing the high beams Pull the lever back, and release it.

Right Turn

Left Turn

Manual Operation

High Beams

Flashing the high beams Low Beams

Turns on parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights

Turns on headlights, parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights

139Continued

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

140

C o

n tro

ls

1Automatic Lighting Control

We recommend that you turn on the lights manually when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas such as long tunnels or parking facilities.

The light sensor is in the location shown below. Do not cover this light sensor with anything; otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not work properly.

Light Sensor

Models with automatic intermittent wipers

Models without automatic intermittent wipers

Light Sensor

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 140

Automatic lighting control can be used when the power mode is in ON.

When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the headlights and other exterior lights will switch on and off automatically depending on the ambient brightness.

You can change the auto light sensitivity setting.

2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

The headlights comes on when you unlock a door in dark areas with the headlight switch in AUTO. u Once you lock the door, the headlights

will go off.

Automatic Lighting Control

Models with automatic intermittent wipers

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches C

o n

tro ls

1Automatic Lighting Control

Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:

2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

Setting The exterior lights come on when the ambient light is at

MAX HIGH MID LOW MIN

Bright

Dark

1Headlight Integration with Wiper*

This feature activates during the headlights are off in AUTO. The instrument panel brightness does not change when the headlights come on.

When the ambient light is at dark, the automatic lighting control feature overrides, and the headlights come on with or without the wipers sweeping more than several times.

1Automatic Lighting Off Feature

You can change the headlight auto off timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 141

The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within a certain intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO. The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.

The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15 seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with you, and close the driver's door.

If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (three minutes, if the switch is in the AUTO position).

The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver's door. If you unlock the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the driver's door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.

Headlight Integration with Wiper*

Automatic Lighting Off Feature

141* Not available on all models

142

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights*

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 142

Fog Lights*

When the low beam headlights are on, turn the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.

Daytime Running Lights The daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met: The power mode is in ON. The headlight switch is off, or in . The parking brake is released.

The daytime running lights are off when the headlight switch is turned on, or when the headlight switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.

Fog Light Switch

* Not available on all models

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers C

o n

tro ls

1Wipers and Washers

NOTICE Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry. The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber blades will get damaged.

NOTICE In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the windshield. Operating the wipers in this condition may damage the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the windshield, then turn the wipers on.

If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are operating intermittently, the length of the wipe interval shortens. When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operations shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become the same.

Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out. The pump may get damaged.

The wiper motor may stop motor operation temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation will return to normal within a few minutes, once the circuit has returned to normal.

Models with intermittent time adjustment ring

All models

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 143

Wipers and Washers The windshield wipers and washers can be used when the power mode is in ON.

MIST The wipers run at high speed until you release the lever.

Wiper switch (OFF, INT*1/AUTO*2, LO, HI)

Move the lever up or down to change the wiper settings.

Adjusting wiper operation Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper operation.

Washer Sprays while you pull the lever toward you. When you release the lever for more than one second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two or three more times to clear the windshield, then stop.

*1: Models with manual intermittent operation *2: Models with automatic intermittent operation

Intermittent Time Adjustment Ring

MIST

INT*1/AUTO*2

OFF

LO: Low speed wipe

HI: High speed wipe

Pull to use washer.

Lower speed, fewer sweeps

Higher speed, more sweeps

143Continued

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

144

C o

n tro

ls

1Wipers and Washers

If the wipers stop operating due to an obstacle such as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe place. Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then remove the obstacle.

1Automatic Intermittent Wipers*

The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.

NOTICE AUTO should always be turned OFF before the following situations in order to prevent severe damage to the wiper system: Cleaning the windshield Driving through a car wash No rain present

Rainfall Sensor

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 144

When you push the lever down to AUTO, the windshield wipers sweep once, and go into the automatic mode.

The wipers operate intermittently, at low speed, or at high speed and stops in accordance with the amount of rainfall the rainfall sensor detects.

AUTO sensitivity adjustment When the wiper function is set to AUTO, you can adjust the sensitivity of the rainfall sensor (using the adjustment ring) so that wipers will operate in accordance with your preference.

Sensor sensitivity

Automatic Intermittent Wipers*

Adjustment Ring

Low sensitivity

High sensitivity

* Not available on all models

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control C

o n

tro ls

1Brightness Control

Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on whether the exterior lights are on or off. The instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are on.

When it is bright outside and the headlight integration with the wiper is activated, the instrument panel brightness does not change.

To cancel the reduced instrument panel brightness when the exterior lights are on, turn the knob to the right until the brightness display is up to max, the beeper sounds.

The brightness can be set differently for when the exterior lights are on, and when they are off.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 145

Brightness Control When the power mode is in ON, you can use the brightness control knob to adjust instrument panel brightness. Brighten: Turn the knob to the right. Dim: Turn the knob to the left.

You will hear a beep when the brightness reaches minimum or maximum. Several seconds after adjusting the brightness, you will be returned to the previous display.

Brightness level indicator The brightness level is shown on the multi- information display while you are adjusting it.

Control Knob

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

145

146

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button

C o

n tro

ls

1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button

NOTICE When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be careful not to damage the heating wires. It is critical to wipe the window from side to side along the defogger heating wires.

This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been defogged. Also, do not use the system for a long time while the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine.

When the outside temperature is below 41F (5C), the heated door mirror may activate automatically for 10 minutes when you set the power mode to ON.

1Adjusting the Steering Wheel

3WARNING Adjusting the steering wheel position while driving may cause you to lose control of the vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.

Adjust the steering wheel only when the vehicle is stopped.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 146

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window and mirrors when the power mode is in ON.

The rear defogger and heated door mirrors automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes depending on the outside temperature.

Adjusting the Steering Wheel The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.

1. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up. u The steering wheel adjustment lever is

under the steering column. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and

in or out. u Make sure you can see the instrument

panel gauges and indicators. 3. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever

down to lock the steering wheel in position. u After adjusting the position, make sure

you have securely locked the steering wheel in place by trying to move it up, down, in, and out.

To adjust

To lock Lever

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System* C

o n

tro ls

1Driving Position Memory System*

Using the audio/information screen or multi- information display, you can disable the automatic seat adjustment function.

2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 147

Driving Position Memory System*

You can store two drivers seat positions with the driving position memory system. When you unlock and open the drivers door with a remote transmitter, or keyless access system, the seat adjust automatically to one of the two preset positions.

When you enter the vehicle, the multi-information display briefly shows you which remote transmitter you used to unlock the vehicle. DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1. DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.

DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2

147Continued* Not available on all models

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System*

148

C o

n tro

ls

1Storing a Position in Memory

After you press the SET button, the storing operation will be canceled when: You do not press the memory button within five

seconds. You readjust the seat position before the double-

beep. You set the power mode to any position except

ON.

1Recalling the Stored Position

The seat will stop moving if you: Press the SET button or memory button (1 or (2. Adjust the seat position. Put the transmission into a position other than (P.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 148

1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the drivers seat to the desired position.

2. Press the SET button. u You will hear the beep, and the memory

button indicator light will blink. 3. Press memory button (1 or (2 within five

seconds of pressing the SET button. u Once the seat positions have been

memorized, the indicator light on the button you pressed stays on.

1. Put the transmission into (P . 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Press a memory button ( (1 or (2 ). u You will hear the beep, and the indicator

light will blink.

The seat will automatically move to the memorized positions. When it has finished moving, you will hear the beep, and the indicator light stays on.

Storing a Position in Memory

SET Button

Memory Button 1

Memory Button 2

Recalling the Stored Position

Memory Buttons

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 149

Adjusting the Mirrors

C

o n

tro ls

1Adjusting the Mirrors

Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and adjusted for best visibility.

Adjust the mirrors before you start driving. 2 Adjusting the Seat Positions P. 151

1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror*

The auto dimming function cancels when the transmission is in (R.

Interior Rearview Mirror Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving position.

Flip the tab to switch the position. The night position will help to reduce the glare from headlights behind you when driving after dark.

When you are driving after dark, the automatic dimming rearview mirror reduces the glare from headlights behind you, based on inputs from the mirror sensor. This feature is always active.

Rearview Mirror with Day and Night Positions*

Tab

Daytime Position

Night Position

Up

Down

Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror*

Sensor

149* Not available on all models

150

uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 150

Power Door Mirrors You can adjust the door mirrors when the power mode is in ON.

Mirror position adjustment L/R selector switch: Select the left or right mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the switch to the center position. Mirror position adjustment switch: Press the switch left, right, up, or down to move the mirror.

Selector Switch

Adjustment Switch

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 151

Adjusting the Seats

C

o n

tro ls

1Adjusting the Seats

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.

Always make seat adjustments before driving.

3WARNING Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious injury or death if the front airbags inflate.

Always sit as far back from the front airbags as possible while maintaining control of the vehicle.

Adjusting the Seat Positions Adjust the driver's seat as far back as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright, well back in the seat and be able to adequately press the pedals without leaning forward, and grip the steering wheel comfortably. The passenger's seat should be adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far back from the front airbag in the dashboard as possible.

Adjusting the front power seat(s)*

Move back.

Allow sufficient space.

Horizontal Position Adjustment

Height Adjustment (Drivers seat only)

Seat-back Angle Adjustment

151Continued* Not available on all models

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

152

C o

n tro

ls

1Adjusting the front manual seat(s)*

Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and forth to make sure it is locked in position.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 152

Adjusting the front manual seat(s)*

Horizontal Position Adjustment Pull up on the bar to move the seat, then release the bar.

Height Adjustment (Drivers seat only) Pull up or push down the lever to raise or lower the seat.

Seat-back Angle Adjustment Pull up the lever to change the angle.

* Not available on all models

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions C

o n

tro ls

1Adjusting the Seat-Backs

Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag operation.

If you cannot get far enough away from the steering wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend that you investigate whether some type of adaptive equipment may help.

3WARNING Reclining the seat-back too far can result in serious injury or death in a crash.

Adjust the seat-back to an upright position, and sit well back in the seat.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 153

Adjust the driver's seat-back to a comfortable, upright position, leaving ample space between your chest and the airbag cover in the center of the steering wheel.

The front seat passenger should also adjust their seat-back to a comfortable, upright position.

Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the occupant's chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.

Adjusting the Seat-Backs

153

154

uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints

C o

n tro

ls

1Head Restraints

In order for the head restraint system to work properly: Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or

from the restraint legs. Do not place any objects between an occupant and

the seat-back. Install each restraint in its proper location.

3WARNING Improperly positioning head restraints reduces their effectiveness and increases the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.

Make sure head restraints are in place and positioned properly before driving.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 154

Head Restraints Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions.

Head restraints are most effective for protection against whiplash and other rear- impact crash injuries when the center of the back of the occupant's head rests against the center of the restraint. The tops of the occupant's ears should be level with the center height of the restraint.

To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button.

Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions

Position head in the center of the head restraint.

uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints C

o n

tro ls

1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

3WARNING Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the head restraints can result in severe injury during a crash.

Always replace the head restraints before driving.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 155

A passenger sitting in the center back seating position should adjust the height of their head restraint to an appropriate position before the vehicle begins moving. To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button.

Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.

To remove a head restraint: Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the restraint up and out.

To reinstall a head restraint: Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked in position.

Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Positions

Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

155

156

uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position

C o

n tro

ls

1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

3WARNING Sitting improperly or out of position can result in serious injury or death in a crash.

Always sit upright, well back in the seat, with your feet on the floor.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 156

Maintain a Proper Sitting Position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is off.

Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased.

In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an inflating front airbag.

uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seat C

o n

tro ls

1Folding Down the Rear Seat

The rear seat-backs can be folded down to accommodate bulkier items in the trunk.

Never drive with the seat-back folded down and the trunk lid open.

2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 63

To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until it locks. When returning a seat-back to its original position, push it firmly back. Also, make sure all rear shoulder belts are positioned in front of the seat-back, and the center shoulder belt is re-positioned in the guide.

Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work improperly.

2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator P. 48

Also make sure all items in the trunk or items extending through the opening into the rear seat is properly secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have to brake hard.

The front seat(s) must be far enough forward so they do not interfere with the rear seats as they fold down.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 157

Rear Seat

1. Remove the center shoulder belt from the guide.

2. Pull the release lever in the trunk to release the lock.

3. Fold the seat-back down.

If the rear head restraints get caught on the front seat-backs, remove the head restraints.

2 Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints P. 155

Folding Down the Rear Seat

Guide

Center Shoulder Belt

Release Lever

157

158

uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 158

Armrest

Pull down the armrest in the center backrest.

Using the Rear Seat Armrest

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 159

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items

C

o n

tro ls

1Interior Light Switches

In the door activated position, the interior lights fade out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are closed. The lights go off after about 30 seconds in the following situations: When you unlock the driver's door but do not open

it. When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK) but do not open a door. You can change the interior lights dimming time.

2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

The interior lights go off immediately in the following situations: When you lock the driver's door. When you set the power mode to ON.

To avoid draining the battery, do not leave the interior light on for an extended length of time when the engine is off.

If you leave any of the doors open, the interior lights go off after about 15 minutes.

1Map Lights

When the front interior light switch is in the door activated position and any door is open, the map light will not go off when you press the button.

Interior Lights

ON The interior lights come on regardless of whether the doors are open or closed. Door activated The interior lights come on in the following situations: When any of the doors are opened. You unlock the driver's door. The lights also come on when the power

mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). OFF The interior lights remain off regardless of whether the doors are open or closed.

The map lights can be turned on and off by pressing the (map light) button.

Interior Light Switches

Door Activated Position

Off

Front

On

Off

Rear

On

Door Activated Position

Map Lights

159

160

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

C o

n tro

ls

1Glove Box

3WARNING An open glove box can cause serious injury to your passenger in a crash, even if the passenger is wearing the seat belt.

Always keep the glove box closed while driving.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 160

Interior Convenience Items

Pull the handle to open the glove box. You can lock the glove box with the built-in key.

Press the button to open the console compartment.

Glove Box

Glove Box

To Lock

Console Compartment

Button

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C

o n

tro ls

1Beverage Holders

NOTICE Spilled liquids damage the upholstery, carpeting, and electrical components in the interior.

Be careful when you are using the beverage holders. Hot liquid can scald you.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 161

Front seat beverage holders Are located in the console between the front seats.

Front door side beverage holders Are located on the both of the front door side pockets.

Rear seat beverage holders Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat beverage holders.

Beverage Holders

Continued 161

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

162

C o

n tro

ls

1Accessory Power Socket

NOTICE Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter element. This can overheat the power socket.

The accessory power socket is designed to supply power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180 watts (15 amps) or less.

To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket with the engine running.

1Coat Hook

The coat hook is not designed for large or heavy items.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 162

The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY or ON.

Accessory power socket (console compartment)

Open the console lid and the cover to use it.

There is a coat hook on the rear left grab handle. Pull it down to use it.

Accessory Power Socket

Coat Hook

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C

o n

tro ls

1Seat Heaters*

Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.

In the LO setting, the heater runs continuously and does not automatically turn off.

3WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters.

Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 163

The power mode must be in ON to use the seat heaters. The HI setting heats the seats faster than the LO setting.

While in HI, the heater cycles on and off. u The appropriate indicator will be on

while the seat heater is on. Briefly press the switch on the opposite side to turn the heater off. The indicator will be off. When a comfortable temperature is reached, select LO to keep the seat warm.

Seat Heaters*

163* Not available on all models

164

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 164

Climate Control System

1Using Automatic Climate Control

If any buttons are pressed while using the climate control system in auto, the function of the button that was pressed will take priority. The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions unrelated to the button that was pressed will be controlled automatically.

To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the fan may not start immediately when the AUTO button is pressed.

If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down more rapidly by partially opening the windows, turning the system on auto, and setting the temperature to low. Change the fresh mode to recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.

When you set the temperature to the lower or upper limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.

Pressing the button switches the climate control system between on and off. When turned on, the system returns to your last selection.

Using Automatic Climate Control The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select. The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.

Use the system when the engine is running. 1. Press the AUTO button. 2. Adjust the interior temperature using the drivers side or passengers side control

dial. 3. Press the (ON/OFF) button to cancel.

Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes

Press the (recirculation) button and switch the mode depending on environmental conditions. Recirculation Mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicles interior through the system. Fresh Air Mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode in normal situations.

Floor and defroster vents

Floor vents Dashboard and floor vents

Dashboard vents

(ON/OFF) Button

(Recirculation) ButtonAUTO Button A/C (Air Conditioning) Button

SYNC (Synchronization) Button

/ (Fan Control) Buttons

Drivers Side Temperature Control Dial

Passenger's Side Temperature Control Dial

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control C

o n

tro ls

1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

For your safety, make sure you have a clear view through all the windows before driving. Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower limit. When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the windshield may fog up.

If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that the air hits the side windows.

1To rapidly defrost the windows

After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes visibility.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 165

Pressing the button turns the air conditioning system on and automatically switches the system to fresh air mode.

Press the button again to turn off, the system returns to the previous settings.

To rapidly defrost the windows

1. Press the button. 2. Press the button.

Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

Continued 165

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

166

C o

n tro

ls

1Synchronization Mode

When you press the button, the system changes to synchronization mode.

When the system is in dual mode, the driver side temperature and the passenger side temperature can be set separately.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 166

You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver side and the passenger side in synchronization mode.

1. Press the SYNC button. u The system will switch to synchronization mode.

2. Adjust the temperature using drivers side temperature control dial.

Press the SYNC button or change the passengers side temperature setting to return to dual mode.

Synchronization Mode

uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors C

o n

tro ls

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 167

Automatic Climate Control Sensors The automatic climate control system is equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill any liquid on them.

Sensor

Sensor

167

168

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 168

* Not available on all m

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 169

Features

This chapter describes how to operate technology features.

Audio System .................................... 170 USB Adapter Cable* ........................ 171 Auxiliary Input Jack* ........................ 171 USB Port* ........................................ 172 HDMI Port* .................................... 172 Audio System Theft Protection ......... 173 Audio Remote Controls.................... 174

Audio System Basic Operation ........ 176 Audio/Information Screen ................ 177 Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 183 Playing a CD .................................... 185 Playing an iPod ................................ 188

Models with one display

odels

Playing Internet Radio ...................... 191 Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 193 Playing Bluetooth Audio................. 196

Audio System Basic Operation ........ 198 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ...... 199 Audio/Information Screen ................ 205 Display Setup ................................... 210 Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 211 Playing SiriusXM Radio ................... 216 Playing a CD .................................... 223 Playing an iPod ................................ 226 Playing Internet Radio ...................... 230

Models with two displays

Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 233 Playing Bluetooth Audio ................ 236 Smartphone Navi Apps .................... 238 Siri Eyes Free.................................... 239

Audio Error Messages ...................... 240 General Information on the Audio System .. 246 Customized Features* ..........................263 HomeLink Universal Transceiver*......284

Bluetooth HandsFreeLink............. 287

Bluetooth HandsFreeLink............. 316

Models with one display

Models with two displays

169

170

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 170

Audio System

1About Your Audio System

SiriusXM Radio* is available on a subscription basis only. For more information on SiriusXM Radio*, contact a dealer.

2 General Information on the Audio System P. 246

SiriusXM Radio* is available in the United States and Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.

SiriusXM is a registered trademark of SiriusXM Radio, Inc.

Video CDs, DVDs, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not supported.

iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.

State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.

About Your Audio System The audio system features AM/FM radio and the SiriusXM Radio service*. It can also play audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, and USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth devices.

You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, the icons on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, or the remote controls on the steering wheel.

Remote Control

iPod

USB Flash Drive

iPod USB Flash Drive

Models with one display

Models with two displays

* Not available on all models

uuAudio SystemuAuxiliary Input Jack* Featu

res

1Auxiliary Input Jack*

To switch the mode, press any of the audio mode buttons. You can return to the AUX mode by pressing the AUX button.

1USB Adapter Cable*

Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it.

Do not use an extension cable with the USB adapter cable.

Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a hub.

Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk drive, as the device or your files may be damaged.

We recommend backing up your data before using the device in your vehicle.

Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version.

If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To reboot, follow the manufacturers instructions provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 171

Auxiliary Input Jack*

Use the jack to connect standard audio devices. 1. Open the AUX cover. 2. Connect a standard audio device to the

input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo miniplug. u The audio system automatically switches

to the AUX mode.

USB Adapter Cable*

1. Unclip the USB connector and loosen the adapter cable.

2. Install the iPod USB connector or the USB flash drive to the USB connector.

171* Not available on all models

172

uuAudio SystemuUSB Port*

Featu res

1USB Port*

Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it.

We recommend using an extension cable with the USB port.

Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a hub.

Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk drive, as the device or your files may be damaged.

We recommend backing up your data before using the device in your vehicle.

Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version.

If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To reboot, follow the manufacturers instructions provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.

1HDMI Port*

Do not leave the HDMI connected device in the vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it.

We recommend backing up your data before using the device in your vehicle.

Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version.

The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 172

USB Port*

1. Open the cover. 2. Install the iPod USB connector or the USB

flash drive to the USB port.

HDMI Port*

1. Open the cover. 2. Install the HDMI cable to the HDMI port.

* Not available on all models

uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection Featu

res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 173

Audio System Theft Protection The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system may display a code entry screen.

Reactivating the audio system 1. Set the power mode to ON, and turn on the audio system. 2. Press and hold the power button again for more than two seconds. u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a

connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.

*1: Models with one display *2: Models with two displays

173

174

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls

Featu res

1Audio Remote Controls

Some mode appears only when an appropriate device or medium is used.

Depending on the Bluetooth device you connect, some functions may not be operated.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 174

Audio Remote Controls Allow you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on the multi-information display.

MODE Button Cycles through the audio modes as follows:

FM1 FM2 AM CD AUX

FM AM SiriusXM CD USB/iPod Bluetooth Audio Pandora* AhaTM

AUX HDMI

VOL (Volume) Button Press : To Increase the volume. Press : To decrease the volume. CH (Channel) Button When listening to the radio

Press (+ : To select the next preset radio station. Press (- : To select the previous preset radio station. Press and hold (+: To select the next strong station. Press and hold (-: To select the previous strong station.

When listening to a CD, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth Audio Press (+ : To skip to the next song. Press (- : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.

When listening to a CD, USB flash drive Press and hold (+: To skip to the next folder. Press and hold (-: To go back to the previous folder.

VOL Button MODE Button

CH Button

Models with one display

Models with two displays

* Not available on all models

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls Featu

res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 175

When listening to Pandora*

Press (+: To skip to the next song. Press and hold (+ : To select the next station. Press and hold (- : To select the previous station.

175* Not available on all models

176

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 176

Audio System Basic Operation

1Audio System Basic Operation

These indications are used to show how to operate the selector knob.

Rotate to select.

Press to enter.

Press the MODE, (+, (-, or button on the steering wheel to change any audio setting.

2 Audio Remote Controls P. 174

Setup Menu Items 2 RDS Information P. 184 2 Sound Settings P. 182 2 Play Mode P. 187, 190, 195 2 Resume/Pause P. 197 2 Adjust Clock P. 110

To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON. Use the selector knob or SETUP button to access some audio functions.

Press to switch between the normal and extended display for some functions.

Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll through the available choices. Press to set your selection. SETUP button: Press to select any mode such as the RDS Information, Sound Settings, Play Mode, Resume/Pause, or Adjust Clock. BACK button: Press to go back to the previous display.

(Day/Night) button: Press to change the audio/ information screen brightness. The brightness can be set differently for the day time and night time. Pressing the button switches the modes between daytime and night time. Adjust the brightness using .

Models with one display

BACK Button SETUP Button

Selector Knob

(Day/Night) Button

Menu Display

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu

res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 177

Audio/Information Screen Displays audio status and wallpaper, and allows you to go to various setup options.

Press DISPLAY button. Rotate and select the mode from the three display modes. Press .

Switching the Display

Selector Knob

DISPLAY Button

177Continued

178

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 178

Shows the current audio information. 2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 176

Shows a clock screen or an image you import. 2 Wallpaper Setup P. 180

Minimizes the display by only showing the clock and audio status on the display.

1. Press the SETUP button. 2. Rotate and select the setup option you

want to change. Press .

Audio Display

Wallpaper

Minimum Display

Setting Options

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu

res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 179

1. Rotate to select Language Selection, then press .

2. Rotate to select the language, then press .

Language Selection

179

180

uuAudio System Basic OperationuWallpaper Setup

Featu res

1Wallpaper Setup

When importing wallpaper files, the image must be in the USB flash drives root directory. Images in a folder cannot be imported.

The file format of the image that can be imported is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).

Each image file can be up to 2 MB. The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If

the image size is less than 420 x 234 pixels, the image is displayed in the middle of the screen with the extra area appearing in black.

Up to 255 files can be selected.

If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures, No compatible images were found. See Owner's Manual. will appear.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 180

Wallpaper Setup You can change, store and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.

You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash drive.

1. Connect the USB flash drive to the adapter cable.

2 USB Adapter Cable* P. 171

2. Press the SETUP button. 3. Rotate to select Display Setup, then

press . 4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press

. 5. Rotate to select Import, then press . 6. Rotate to select a desired picture, then

press . u The preview of the imported data is

displayed.

7. Press to save the data. u The confirmation message will appear.

Then the display will return to the import wallpaper list.

8. Rotate to select the place to save the data, then press . u The confirmation message will appear.

Import Wallpaper

* Not available on all models

uuAudio System Basic OperationuWallpaper Setup Featu

res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 181

1. Rotate to select Select on the wallpaper setup menu, then press . u The screen will change to the wallpaper list.

2. Rotate to select desired wallpaper and press . u When the scroll is stopped, the thumbnail is displayed.

1. Rotate to select Delete on the wallpaper setup menu, then press . u The screen will change to the delete wallpaper list.

2. Rotate to select wallpaper that you want to delete and press . u The confirmation message will appear.

3. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely.

Select Wallpaper

Delete wallpaper

181

182

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound

Featu res

1Adjusting the Sound

The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High. SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As you slow down, audio volume decreases.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 182

Adjusting the Sound Press the SETUP button, and rotate to select Sound Settings, then press . Rotate

to scroll through the following choices:

Selector Knob

SETUP Button

Treble is selectable.

Speed-sensitive Volume Compensation

Bass

Treble

Fader

Balance

BAS

TRE

FAD

BAL

SVC

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Featu

res

A.SEL (Auto Select) Button Press to scan both bands and store the strongest station in each preset. To turn off auto select, press the button again. This restores the presets you originally set.

SETUP Button Press to display menu items.

Selector Knob Turn to tune the radio frequency.

SKIP Bar Press to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal.

Preset Buttons (1-6) To store a station: 1. Tune to the desired station. 2. Pick a preset button and hold it until

you hear a beep. To listen to a stored station, select a band, then press the preset button.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 183

Playing AM/FM Radio

SCAN Button Press to sample each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn off scan, press the button again.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

FM Button Press to select a band.

AM Button

BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.

FOLDER Bar Press either side to display and select an RDS category.

183Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

184

Featu res

1Playing AM/FM Radio

The ST indicator appears on the display indicating stereo FM broadcasts. Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.

Switching the Audio Mode Press the MODE button on the steering wheel.

2 Audio Remote Controls P. 174

You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into the preset button memory. FM1 and FM2 let you store 6 stations each.

Auto Select function scans and stores up to 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations with a strong signal into the preset button memory.

If you do not like the stations auto select has stored, you can manually store your preferred frequencies.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 184

Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.

RDS Information 1. Press the SETUP button and rotate to

select RDS Information. 2. Each time you press , the RDS

Information switches between on and off.

To find an RDS station from your selected program category 1. Press the FOLDER bar to display and select

an RDS category. 2. Use SKIP or SCAN to select an RDS station.

Radio Data System (RDS)

RDS Category

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD Featu

res

CD Slot Insert a CD about halfway into the CD slot.

SKIP Bar Press or to change tracks (files in MP3, WMA or AAC). Press and hold to move rapidly within a track/file

Selector Knob Turn to change tracks/files. Turn to select an item, then press to set your selection.

CD Button Press to play a CD.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

SETUP Button Press to display menu items.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 185

Playing a CD Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA or AAC format. With the CD loaded, press the CD button.

SCAN Button You will get a 10-second sampling of each song. Press to sample all tracks on the CD (all files in

the current folder in MP3, WMA or AAC). Press and hold to sample the first file in each of

the main folders (MP3, WMA or AAC). To turn off scan, press the button.

(CD Eject) Button Press to eject a CD.

BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.

FOLDER Bar Press (+ to skip to the next folder, and (- to skip to the beginning of the previous folder in MP3, WMA or AAC.

185Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

186

Featu res

1Playing a CD

NOTICE Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can cause the CD to jam in the unit.

WMA files protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, then skips to the next file.

Text data appears on the display under the following circumstances: When you select a new folder, file, or track. When you change the audio mode to CD. When you insert a CD.

If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot, the system reloads the CD automatically after several seconds.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 186

1. Press to switch the display to a folder list.

2. Rotate to select a folder.

3. Press to change the display to a list of files in that folder.

4. Rotate to select a file, then press .

How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob (MP3/WMA/AAC)

Folder Selection

Track Selection

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD Featu

res

1How to Select a Play Mode

Press the BACK button to go back to the previous display, and press the SETUP button to cancel this setting mode.

Play Mode Menu Items Normal Play Repeat One Track: Repeats the current track/file(s). Repeat One Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in the current folder. Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All: Plays all tracks/files in random order.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 187

You can select repeat and random modes when playing a track or file. 1. Press the SETUP button.

2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .

3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .

To turn off a play mode 1. Press the SETUP button. 2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press . 3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press .

How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Items

187

188

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

Featu res

AUX Button Press to select iPod (if connected).

USB Indicator Appears when an iPod is connected.

SKIP Bar Press or to change songs. Press and hold to move rapidly within a song.

SETUP Button Press to display menu items.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 188

Playing an iPod Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB adapter cable, then press the AUX button.

2 USB Adapter Cable* P. 171

Album Art

Selector Knob Turn to change songs. Turn to select an item, then press to set your selection.

BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

* Not available on all models

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Featu

res

1Playing an iPod

Available operating functions vary on models or versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicle's audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.

2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 241

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 189

1. Press to display the iPod menu.

2. Rotate to select a menu.

3. Press to display the items on that menu. 4. Rotate to select an item, then press .

How to Select a File from the iPod Menu

iPod Menu

Continued 189

uuAudio System Basic Operationu

190

Featu res

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items Normal Play Repeat Off: Turns off the repeat mode. Repeat One Track: Repeats the current track. Shuffle Off: Turns off the shuffle mode. Shuffle: Plays all available files in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order. Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 190

You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file. 1. Press the SETUP button.

2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .

3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .

To turn off a play mode 1. Press the SETUP button. 2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press . 3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press .

How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Items

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio Featu

res

AUX Button Press to select iPhone (if connected when the Pandora application is activated).

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

SKIP Bar Press to skip a song.

SETUP Button Press to display menu items.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 191

Playing Internet Radio Activate Pandora, and connect the iPhone using your USB connector to the USB adapter cable, then press the AUX button.

2 USB Adapter Cable* P. 171

U.S. models

iPhone use only

Rating Icon

Selector Knob Press to enter PANDORA MENU. Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection.

BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.

FOLDER Bar Press (+ to the next station. Press (- to the previous station.

Album Art

191Continued* Not available on all models

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

192

Featu res

1Playing Internet Radio

Pandora is a personalized Internet radio service that selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.

To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora app must first be installed on your iPhone. Visit www.pandora.com. for more information.

If you cannot operate Pandora through the audio system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth Audio. Make sure Pandora mode on your audio system is selected.

1Pandora Menu

Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicle's audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.

2 Pandora P. 243

There are restrictions on the number of songs you can skip or dislike in a given hour.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 192

You can operate some of the Pandora menu items from your vehicles audio system. The available items are: Station List (QuickMix is also available) Like Dislike Resume/Pause SKIP Bookmark This Song Bookmark This Artist

Operating a menu item 1. Press to display the PANDORA MENU. 2. Rotate to select a menu. 3. Press to display the items on that menu.

Pandora Menu

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Featu

res

SKIP Bar Press or to change files. Press and hold to move rapidly within a file.

SETUP Button Press to display menu items.

Selector Knob Press and turn to select a file, then press to set your selection.

AUX Button Press to select USB flash drive (if connected).

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

USB Indicator Appears when a USB flash drive is connected.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 193

Playing a USB Flash Drive Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3, WMA or AAC*1 format. Connect your USB flash drive to the USB adapter cable, then press the AUX button.

2 USB Adapter Cable* P. 171

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.

BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.

FOLDER Bar Press (+ to skip to the next folder, and (- to skip to the beginning of the previous folder.

SCAN Button You will get a 10-second sampling of each file. Press to sample all files in the current folder. Press and hold to sample the first file in each

of the main folders. To turn off scan, press the button.

193Continued* Not available on all models

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

194

Featu res

1Playing a USB Flash Drive

Use the recommended USB flash drives. 2 General Information on the Audio System

P. 246

Files in WMA format protected by digital rights management (DRM) are not played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then skips to the next file.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.

2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 241

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 194

1. Press to switch the display to a folder list.

2. Rotate to select a folder.

3. Press to change the display to a list of files in that folder.

4. Rotate to select a file, then press .

How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob

Folder Selection

Track Selection

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Featu

res

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items Normal Play Repeat One Track: Repeats the current file. Repeat One Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder. Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All: Plays all files in random order.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 195

You can select repeat and random modes when playing a file. 1. Press the SETUP button.

2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .

3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .

To turn off a play mode 1. Press the SETUP button. 2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press . 3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press .

How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Items

195

196

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio

Featu res

1Playing Bluetooth Audio

Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming audio capabilities are compatible with the system. For a list of compatible phones: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-

888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone

compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.

In some states, it may be illegal to operate devices that use data while driving.

If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system, there will be a delay before the system begins to play.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 196

Playing Bluetooth Audio Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible phone. This function is available when the phone is paired and linked to the vehicle's Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) system.

2 Phone Setup P. 294

BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.

SETUP Button Press to display menu items.

SKIP Bar Press or to change files.

AUX Button Press to Bluetooth Audio.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off.

Selector Knob Turn to change files. Turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Press to display the devices name.

Bluetooth Indicator Comes on when your phone is connected to HFL.

Preset 1 Button Press to switch the mode between pause and resume.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio Featu

res

1To Play Bluetooth Audio Files

To play the audio files, you may need to operate your phone. If so, follow the phone maker's operating instructions.

The pause function may not be available on some phones.

If any audio device is connected to the auxiliary input jack, you may need to press the AUX button repeatedly to select the Bluetooth Audio system.

Switching to another mode pauses the music playing from your phone.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 197

1. Make sure that your phone is paired and linked to HFL.

2. Press the AUX button.

If the phone is not recognized, another HFL- compatible phone, which is not compatible for Bluetooth Audio, may be already linked.

To pause or resume a file 1. Press the SETUP button. 2. Rotate to select Resume/Pause, then press . Each time you press , the setting switches between Pause and Resume.

To Play Bluetooth Audio Files

197

198

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 198

Audio System Basic Operation

1Audio System Basic Operation

These indications are used to show how to operate the interface dial.

Rotate to select.

Press to enter.

Move , , or to select a secondary menu.

Audio Menu Items 2 Sound P. 209 2 Refresh Station List P. 213 2 Save Preset P. 212, 218 2 Radio Text P. 214 2 Music Search P. 224, 228, 234 2 Scan P. 225, 235 2 Random/Repeat P. 225, 229, 235 2 Tag Song* P. 214 2 Tagged Song List* P. 215 2 HD Subchannel* P. 215

When you unlock the doors with your remote, the drivers ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the audio system settings and preset memory are turned to the respective mode automatically when you set the power mode to ON.

To use the audio system, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON. Use the interface dial or MENU button to access some audio functions.

Press to switch between the normal and extended display for some functions.

Interface dial: Rotate left or right to scroll through the available choices. Press to set your selection. Move right, left, up or down to select a secondary menu. MENU button: Press to select any mode. The available mode includes Sound, Change Source, Refresh Station List, Save Preset, Radio Text, Music Search, and play modes. Play modes can be also selected from Scan, Random/Repeat, and so on. BACK button: Press to go back to the previous display.

(Day/Night) button: Press to change the audio/information screen brightness. Press once and make an adjustment using the interface dial. u Each time you press , the mode

switches between the daytime mode, nighttime mode and off mode.

Models with two displays

MENU ButtonBACK Button

(Day/Night) Button Interface Dial

* Not available on all models

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Featu

res

1On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.

Select to go back to the previous screen.

Use the / / / icons to turn the page.

X

1Selecting an Audio Source

You can change the order of source icons displayed.

1. Select Audio Source, , then Edit Order. 2. Select two icons, then select Done. The locations of these icons are switched. To go back to the original display order, select Default.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 199

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Use the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to operate the audio system.

Select Audio Source, then select an icon on the source list to switch the audio source.

Select More to display the menu items.

Selecting an Audio Source

Displaying the Menu Items

Select Audio Source.

Source List Icons

Select More. Menu Items

199Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

200

Featu res

1Shortcuts

The preset memory is cleared when it is disconnected from the power source, such as when the battery is disconnected or goes dead.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 200

You can preset the settings of two categories (Phone, Audio) from Shortcuts.

Shortcuts

Shortcuts Icon

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Featu

res

1Phone

Dial icon You can make a call using the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to input numbers.

2 To make a call using a phone number P. 339

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 201

Phone You can preset five speed dial entries, and make a call from one of the preset numbers, or call history when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicles Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) system. 2 Phone Setup P. 323

To preset a speed dial: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Speed Dial. 4. Select Edit or No Entry. u If you select No Entry, go to step 6.

5. Select Add. u Five presets appear. Select a No Entry

preset or an existing preset. u The screen changes to a list of previously

stored speed dial entries. 6. Select a number you want to store as a

shortcut.

To make a call from a speed dial entry: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Speed Dial. 4. Select a preset number. u Dialing starts automatically.

Continued 201

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

202

Featu res

1Phone

The call history displays the last six dialed, received, or missed calls.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 202

To delete a speed dial: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Speed Dial. 4. Select Edit. 5. Select Delete. 6. Select the preset number with the phone number you want to delete.

To make a call from call history: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Call History. 4. Select a phone number. u Dialing starts automatically.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Featu

res

1Audio

You can also preset a station by pressing and holding the preset icon you want to store that station after step 3.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 203

Audio You can store up to six radio stations when playing AM, FM, or SiriusXM Radio.

To preset a station: 1. Tune to a radio station.

2 Playing AM/FM Radio P. 211 2 Playing SiriusXM Radio P. 216

2. Select Shortcuts. 3. Select Audio. 4. Select Edit or No Entry. u If you select No Entry, go to step 6.

5. Select Add. 6. Select the preset icon you want to store the

station.

To play a preset station: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Audio. 3. Select a preset icon.

To delete a preset station: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Audio. 3. Select Edit. 4. Select Delete. 5. Select the preset icon with the radio station

you want to delete.

Continued 203

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

204

Featu res

1Adjusting the Sound

Select Off, Low, Mid or High for the SVC setting. 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 209

Instead of using (+, (- or icons, you can also touch the point where your desired setting is.

You can also adjust the sound by selecting on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

1Changing the Screen Settings

The following are adjustable screen settings: Sync Display Brightness

Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes with the instruments panel brightness.

Brightness Contrast Black Level Display

Changes between the daytime or nighttime modes.

Beep Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the screen.

Keyboard Changes the on-screen keyboard from the alphabetical order to the qwerty type.

Vibration Turns on and off the vibration when you touch the screen.

Fade Timer Sets the screen black out timing.

Instead of using (+, (- or icons, you can also touch the point where your desired setting is.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 204

1. Select More, then Sound. 2. Use (+ , (- or other icons to adjust the

setting.

1. Select More, then Screen Settings. 2. Use (+ , (- or other icons to adjust the

setting.

Adjusting the Sound

Changing the Screen Settings

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu

res

Button

App

APP Button

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 205

Audio/Information Screen Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various setup options.

Press the PHONE, INFO, AUDIO and APP buttons to go to the corresponding display.

Audio Shows the current audio information.

Switching the Display

AudioInfoPhone

AUDIOPHONE Button INFO Button

205Continued

206

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 206

Phone Shows the HFL information. 2Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 287

Info Shows the Trip Computer or Clock/Wallpaper and other information. Rotate to select an item, then press .

Trip computer (Current Drive) Shows the range and instant and average fuel economy of the current trip, as well as the average fuel economy from your last trip.

Trip computer (History of Trip A) Shows the range, average fuel economy and distances traveled for the current trip, as well as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three driving cycles. Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.

Deleting the history manually 1. Move on the History of Trip A screen to select Delete History, then press . 2. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then

press .

Clock/Wallpaper Shows a clock screen or an image you import.

App Connects with your smartphone to start the navigation app.

2 Smartphone Navi Apps P. 238

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu

res

1Wallpaper Setup

When importing wallpaper files, the image must be in the USB flash drives root directory. Images in a folder cannot be imported.

The file name must be fewer than 255 characters. The file format of the image that can be imported

is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg). The individual file size limit is 2 MB. The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,

the No files detected message appears.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 207

You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.

Import wallpaper You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash drive.

1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port.

2 USB Port* P. 172

2. Press the SETTINGS button. 3. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock,

Clock/Wallpaper Type. 4. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen will change to the wallpaper

list. 5. Rotate to select Add New, then press

. 6. Rotate to select a desired picture. u The preview is displayed on the left side

on the screen. 7. Press . u The confirmation message will appear.

Then the display will return to the wallpaper list.

Wallpaper Setup

Continued 207* Not available on all models

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

208

Featu res

1Wallpaper Setup

From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Preview and press to see a preview at full-size screen.

To go back to the previous screen, press to select OK, or press the BACK button.

When the file size is large, it takes a while to be previewed.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 208

Select wallpaper 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.

3. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.

4. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper. u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.

5. Press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.

6. Rotate to select Set, then press . u The display will return to the wallpaper list.

Delete wallpaper 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.

3. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.

4. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press . u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.

5. Rotate to select Delete, then press . u The confirmation message will appear.

6. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely. u The display will return to the wallpaper list.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound Featu

res

1Adjusting the Sound

The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High. SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As you slow down, audio volume decreases.

2 Adjusting the Sound P. 204 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 209

Adjusting the Sound 1. On the screen of any audio source, press

the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Sound, then press .

Rotate to scroll through the following choices:

MENU Button

Speed-sensitive Volume Compensation

Bass

Treble

Fader

Balance

Subwoofer

SVC

209

210

uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup

Featu res

1Changing the Screen Brightness

You can change the Contrast and Black Level settings in the same manner.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 210

Display Setup You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press . 3. Move or to select the Display tab. 4. Rotate to select Brightness, then press

. 5. Rotate to adjust the setting.

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press . 3. Move or to select the Others tab. 4. Rotate to select Background Color,

then press . 5. Rotate to select the setting you want,

then press .

Changing the Screen Brightness

Display Bluetooth Voice Reco

Changing the Screens Color Theme

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Featu

res

Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.

Tune Up/Down Icons Select or to tune the radio frequency.

MENU Button Press to display the menu items.

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal.

More Select to display the menu items.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select preset radio stations. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.

TAG Select to tag the song if it is played on an HD RadioTM station. The iPod/iPhone should be connected to the audio system to store the tagged song information on your device.

Models with HD RadioTM feature

iPod/iPhone

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 211

Playing AM/FM Radio

Audio/Information Screen

Audio Source Select to change a band or change an audio source.

To listen to a stored channel, select 1-6 (AM) or 1-12 (FM).

Presets Select to store a station.

BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

Tune Up/Down Icons

Scan Select to sample each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

211Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

212

Featu res

1Playing AM/FM Radio

The ST indicator appears on the display indicating stereo FM broadcasts. Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.

Switching the Audio Mode Press the MODE button on the steering wheel.

2 Audio Remote Controls P. 174 You can also switch the mode by pressing the MENU button and selecting Change Source on the Audio menu screen.

You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into the preset memory.

HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign Patents. HD RadioTM and the HD, HD Radio, and Arc logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp.

Models with HD RadioTM feature

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 212

To store a station:

1. Tune to the desired station. 2. Move to select Preset tab. 3. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the station. 4. Press and hold for a few seconds.

You can also store a station by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the desired station. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press . 4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that station, then press

.

1. Tune to the desired station. 2. Change the display to the preset screen. 3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.

You can also store a station by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the desired station. 2. Select More. 3. Select Save Preset. 4. Select the preset number you want to store that station.

Preset Memory

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Featu

res

1Playing AM/FM Radio

iTunes Tagging iTunes in iTunes Tagging is a trademark of Apple Inc. When an HD RadioTM station is selected, the HD indicator appears on the audio/information screen and On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. If you want to have the information on the song played from the HD RadioTM station, select TAG in On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM or select Tag Song in the menu with the interface dial. If the iPod/iPhone is connected, the tag is transferred to the connected device immediately, otherwise the tag will be transferred when the device is connected and Tag Song in the menu is selected with Interface dial.

Models with HD RadioTM feature

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 213

Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.

To find an RDS station from Station List 1. Move or to select the Station List

tab. 2. Rotate to select the station, then press

.

Manual update Updates your available station list at any time. 1. Rotate to select Refresh, then press .

You can also update a station by the following procedure. 1. Press the MENU button while listening to an FM station. 2. Rotate to select Refresh Station List, then press .

Radio Data System (RDS)

Continued 213

214

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 214

Radio text Display the radio text information of the selected RDS station. 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press .

Scan Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Scan, then press . To turn off scan, press to select Stop Scan, or press the BACK button.

2 Playing AM/FM Radio P. 211

To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.

Tag song to device If your a iPhone/iPod is connected to the USB port you can store the TAG information. If the iPod/iPhone is not connected to the audio system, the information is stored in the audio unit temporarily, then once the device is connected to the system, data is transferred to the iPod/iPhone. To store the TAG information to the iPod/iPhone, or the audio system: 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Tag Song, then press . 3. Select the song for which you want to save the information.

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Models with HD RadioTM feature

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Featu

res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 215

Tagged song list Displays the TAG information saved to the audio system. 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Tagged Song List, then press .

HD subchannel Displays the subchannel list when an HD RadioTM station is selected.

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select HD Subchannel, then press . 3. Rotate to select a channel from a list, then press .

Select the or when the subchannel number is displayed.

You can also select the channel by the following procedure. 1. Select More. 2. Select HD Subchannel. 3. Select the channel number.

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

215

216

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio

Featu res

Channel Up/Down Icons Select or to the previous or next channel. Select and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time.

Category Up/Down Icons Select or to display and select an SiriusXM Radio category.

TAG Select to tag a song played at an SiriusXM Radio channel. The iPod/ iPhone should be connected to the audio system to store the tagged song information on your device.

Play/Pause Icon Select to resume or play a playback channel. Select and hold to return to a real- time program while listening to a channel in Replay function.

MENU Button Press to display the menu items.

More Select to display the menu items.

Audio/Information Screen

Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 216

Playing SiriusXM Radio

Channel Up/Down Icons

Scan Select to scan each channel.

Presets Select to store a channel. To listen to a stored channel, select 1-12.

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change section in the channel. Select and hold to move rapidly within the section.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select preset radio channel. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.

BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

Audio Source Select to change a band or change an audio source.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu

res

1Playing SiriusXM Radio

In the channel mode, all available channels are selectable. In the category mode, you can select a channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).

There may be instances when SiriusXM Radio does not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title). This does not indicate a problem with your audio system.

SiriusXM Radio stations load in ascending order, which can take about a minute. Once they have loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make your selections.

Tune Start: When you change a channel, a song being played on that channel restarts from the beginning with this function. This can be turned on or off from the Play Song from Beginning setting.

2 Customized Features* P. 263

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 217

1. Select the SiriusXM mode. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 174 2 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM P. 199

2. Rotate to select a channel from a list, then press .

2. Select a channel using the , icons on the tune mode screen or the preset numbers (1-12) on the preset mode screen.

To change the tune mode:

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Tune Mode, then press . 3. Rotate to select Channel Mode or Category Mode, then press .

1. Select More. 2. Select Tune Mode. 3. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode.

To Play SiriusXM Radio

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Continued 217* Not available on all models

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio

218

Featu res

1Playing SiriusXM Radio

You can store 12 SiriusXM channels into the preset memory.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 218

To store a channel:

1. Tune to the selected channel with channel list tab. 2. Move to select Preset tab. 3. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the channel. 4. Press and hold for a few seconds.

You can also store a channel in the following steps. 1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press . 4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that channel, then press

.

1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Change the display to the preset screen. 3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that channel.

You can also store a channel in the following steps. 1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Select More. 3. Select Save Preset. 4. Select the preset number you want to store that channel.

Preset Memory

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu

res

1Listening to Featured Channels

Up to three featured channels by SiriusXM can be displayed.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 219

Multi-channel preset (for music channels only) You can store up to four of your preferred music channels per preset and listen to them randomly.

1. Tune a station. 2. Select More. 3. Select Save Preset. u Preset numbers you can add more music

channels to are highlighted. 4. Select a highlighted preset number you

want to add a music channel. u A message appears if there are no

available presets. 5. Select Add from the Add/Replace screen.

Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM can be displayed and selected. 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Featured Channels, then press . 3. Rotate to select a channel, then press .

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Listening to Featured Channels

Continued 219

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio

220

Featu res

1Replay Function

The system starts storing broadcast in memory when the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to the program from that point.

You can no longer replay any program once the power mode is turned OFF as it erases memory. You can check how long the program has been stored in memory from the audio/information screen.

(A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is behind the real-time broadcast (B): Replayed segment (C): Length stored in memory

Audio/Information Screen

(C)

(B)

(A)

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 220

The system constantly records up to the last 60 minutes of your currently tuned channel and all the preset channel broadcast, starting from the moment you turn the power mode to ON. You can rewind and replay the last 60 minutes of each broadcast.

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Playback, then press . 3. Rotate to select a channel then press . To play or pause in playback mode:

Select icon.

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Play/Pause, then press .

Returning to real-time broadcast

Select and hold the icon or select More then, select Go to Live.

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Go to Live, then press .

Replay Function

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Interface Dial

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu

res

1Live Sports Alert

The sports alert function at SiriusXM mode only.

1To set up a sports alert

Sports alerts cut in only when SiriusXM mode is on. Selecting Enable(one time) from customize settings disables the alert feature next time you turn the power mode to ON.

2 Customized Features* P. 263

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 221

While listening to other channels you can receive sports alerts such as scores from your favorite teams.

To set up a sports alert 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Audio Settings, then

press . 3. Select SXM tab. 4. Select SportsFlashTM. 5. Select Notification, then select Enable. 6. Press the BACK button. 7. Select Favorite Teams, then select a team.

Receiving a sport alert

1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a sport alert. 2. Rotate to select Listen Now, then press .

Listen missed sports alert

If you have missed a sports alert: 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select SportsFlashTM, then press . 3. Rotate to select Alert, then press .

Live Sports Alert

Interface Dial

Interface Dial

Continued 221* Not available on all models

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio

222

Featu res

1Scan

You can select desired channel by songs using Scan Songs in presets.

The Scan Songs in Presets function is based on TuneScanTM technology of SiriusXM.

The Featured Channels function is based on Featured FavoritesTM technology of SiriusXM.

TuneScanTM and Featured FavoritesTM are registered trademarks of SiriusXM Radio, Inc.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 222

Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds.

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Scan, then press . 3. Rotate to select an item, then press . To turn off scan, press to select Stop Scan, or press the BACK button.

1. Select More. 2. Select Scan. To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.

If your iPhone/iPod is connected to the USB port you can store the TAG information. If the iPod/iPhone is not connected to the audio system, the information is stored in the audio unit temporarily. Once the device is connected to the system, data is transferred to the iPod/iPhone. To store the TAG information to the iPod/iPhone, or the audio system: 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Tag Song, then press . 3. Select the song for which you want to save the information.

Displays the TAG information saved to the audio system. 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Tagged Song List, then press .

Scan

Tag Song to Device

Tagged Song List

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD Featu

res

MENU Button Press to display the menu items.

CD Slot Insert a CD about halfway into the CD slot.

(CD Eject) Button Press to eject a CD.

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change tracks (files in MP3, WMA, or AAC). Select and hold to move rapidly within a track/file.

More Select to display the menu items.

BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current track/file.

Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 223

Playing a CD Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or AAC*1 format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.

Audio/Information Screen

Folder Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next folder, and

to skip to the beginning of the previous folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC.

Audio Source Select to change an audio source.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

Scan Icon Select to provides 10-second sampling of each tracks.

Random Icon Select to plays all tracks/files in random order.

223Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

224

Featu res

1Playing a CD

NOTICE Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can cause the CD to jam in the unit.

WMA and AAC files protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, then skips to the next file.

Text data appears on the display under the following circumstances: When you select a new folder, file, or track. When you change the audio mode to CD. When you insert a CD.

If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot, the system reloads the CD automatically after several seconds.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 224

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Music Search, then

press .

3. Rotate , move or , then press to select a file from the Music Search list.

You can also select a file by the following procedure. 1. Rotate or press to display the song

list. 2. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a file from the list.

How to Select a File from the Music Search List (MP3/WMA/AAC)

Folder Selection

File Selection

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD Featu

res

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items Scan Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10- second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC).

Random/Repeat Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in the current folder. Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file. Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in random order.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 225

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/

Repeat, then press . 3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .

1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat. 2 Playing a CD P. 223

2. Select a mode.

To turn off a play mode

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .

1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat. 2 Playing a CD P. 223

2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

How to Select a Play Mode

Random/Repeat is selected.

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

225

226

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

Featu res

MENU Button Press to display the menu items.

Album Bar Select to search for an album.

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change songs. Select and hold to move rapidly within a song.

More Select to display the menu items.

USB Indicator Appears when an iPod is connected.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Album Art Icon

Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current song.

Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 226

Playing an iPod Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB port, then select the iPod mode.

2 USB Port* P. 172

Audio/Information Screen

Audio Source Select to change an audio source.

BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.

Album Art

Play/Pause Icon Select to resume or play a song.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

Shuffle Icon Select to change a play mode in album shuffle or shuffle all songs.

* Not available on all models

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Featu

res

1How to Select an Album

This function may not be available depending on models or versions.

Select to go back to the previous screen.X

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 227

1. Select the album bar. u The image of the current album is displayed.

2. Select or icon to search for an album. u When the album image you are looking for appears, select it to play.

How to Select an Album

Select an album image.

Select the album bar.

Album Bar Album Image

Continued 227

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

228

Featu res

1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List

Available operating functions vary on models or versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.

2 Audio Error Messages P. 240

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 228

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Music Search, then

press .

3. Rotate , move or , then press to select a song from the Music Search list.

You can also select a song by the following procedure. 1. Rotate or press to display the song

list. 2. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a song from the list.

How to Select a Song from the Music Search List

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Featu

res

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items Repeat Song: Repeats the current track. Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order. Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 229

You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Shuffle/Repeat, then

press . 3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .

1. Select Shuffle or Repeat. 2 Playing an iPod P. 226

2. Select a mode.

To turn off a play mode

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .

1. Select Shuffle or Repeat. 2 Playing an iPod P. 226

2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

How to Select a Play Mode

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

229

230

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

Featu res

1Playing Internet Radio

Pandora, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora is currently available exclusively in the United States.

U.S. models

USB Indicator Appears when a phone is connected.

Skip Icon Select to skip a song.

More Select to display the menu items.

Station Up/Down Icons Select to change a station.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Bluetooth Indicator Appears when your phone is connected to HFL.

Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 230

Playing Internet Radio Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth.

You can also connect the phone using your USB connector to the USB port. Select Audio Source to select Pandora or Aha mode.

Compatible phones only

iPhone

Audio/Information Screen

Album Art

Rating Icon

BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.

Audio Source Select Pandora or AhaTM.

Play/Pause Icon Select to resume or play a song.

Like/Dislike Icons Select to evaluate a song.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio Featu

res

1Playing Internet Radio

To find out if your phone is compatible with this feature, visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-888-528-7876.

Pandora is a personalized Internet radio service that selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.

To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora app must first be installed on your phone. Visit www.pandora.com. for more information.

If you cannot operate Pandora through the audio system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth Audio. Make sure Pandora mode on your audio system is selected.

1Pandora Menu

Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.

2 Pandora P. 243

There are restrictions on the number of songs you can skip or dislike in a given hour.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 231

You can operate some of the Pandora menu items from your vehicles audio system. The available items are:

Operating a menu item The menu items are shown in the lower half of the audio/information screen. Rotate to select an item and press .

To select Sound or Change Source, press the MENU button, then press .

Pandora Menu

Skip Forward Bookmark Track Play/Pause Bookmark Artist Station List Create Station Like Sound Dislike Change Source

U.S. models

Continued 231

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

232

Featu res

1AhaTM Radio Menu

AhaTM by Harman is a cloud-based service that organizes your favorite web content into live radio stations. You can access podcasts, internet radio, location-based services, and audio updates from social media sites.

Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.

2 AhaTM Radio P. 245

The menu items vary depending on the station you selected.

To use this service in your vehicle, the AcuraLink app must be installed on your phone. Visit owners.acura.com/apps for more information.

You must have a previously set up Aha account prior to using the service in your vehicle. Visit www.aharadio.com for more information.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 232

You can operate some of the AhaTM menu items from your vehicles audio system. The available items are:

Operating a menu item The menu items are shown in the lower half of the audio/information screen. Rotate to select an item and press .

To select Sound, Change Source or Station List, press the MENU button, then press .

AhaTM Radio Menu

Like Tracks Dislike Reply Play/Pause Sound 15sec rewind Change Source 30sec Skip Station List

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Featu

res

More Select to display the menu items.

USB Indicator Appears when a USB flash drive is connected.

Folder Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder.

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files. Select and hold to move rapidly within a file.

MENU Button Press to display the menu items.

Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current track/file.

Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 233

Playing a USB Flash Drive Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3, WMA, or AAC*1 format. Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.

2 USB Port* P. 172

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.

Audio/Information Screen

BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.

Audio Source Select to change an audio source.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

Random Icon Select to plays all tracks/files in random order.

Scan Icon Select to provides 10-second sampling of each tracks.

233Continued* Not available on all models

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

234

Featu res

1Playing a USB Flash Drive

Use the recommended USB flash drives. 2 General Information on the Audio System

P. 246

Files in WMA/AAC format protected by digital rights management (DRM) are not played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then skips to the next file.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.

2 Audio Error Messages P. 240

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 234

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Music Search, then

press .

3. Rotate , move or , then press to select a file from the Music Search list.

You can also select a file by the following procedure. 1. Rotate or press to display the song

list. 2. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a file from the list.

How to Select a File from the Music Search List

Folder Selection

File Selection

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Featu

res

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items Scan Scan Folders: Provides a 10-second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all files in the current folder.

Random/Repeat Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder. Repeat Track: Repeats the current file. Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 235

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/

Repeat, then press . 3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .

1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat. 2 Playing a USB Flash Drive P. 233

2. Select a mode.

To turn off a play mode

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .

1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat. 2 Playing a USB Flash Drive P. 233

2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

How to Select a Play Mode

Random/Repeat is selected.

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

235

236

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio

Featu res

1Playing Bluetooth Audio

Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming audio capabilities are compatible with the system. For a list of compatible phones: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-

888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone

compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.

In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data device functions while driving.

If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system, there will be a delay before the system begins to play.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 236

Playing Bluetooth Audio Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible phone. This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicles Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) system.

2 Phone Setup P. 323

Bluetooth Indicator Appears when your phone is connected to HFL.

Play Icon

Pause Icon

More Select to display the menu items.

Audio Source Select to change an audio source.

Interface Dial/ ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files.

MENU Button Press to display the menu items.

Folder Up/Down Icons Select or to change folders.

On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM

Audio/Information Screen

VOL/ (Volume/ Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio Featu

res

1To Play Bluetooth Audio Files

To play the audio files, you may need to operate your phone. If so, follow the phone makers operating instructions.

The pause function may not be available on some phones.

Switching to another mode pauses the music playing from your phone. This function may not be available on some phones.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 237

1. Make sure that your phone is paired and connected to HFL.

2. Select the Bluetooth Audio mode.

If the phone is not recognized, another HFL- compatible phone, which is not compatible for Bluetooth Audio, may already be connected.

To pause or resume a file

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Play or Pause, then press .

Select the play icon or pause icon.

To Play Bluetooth Audio Files

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

237

238

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSmartphone Navi Apps

Featu res

1Smartphone Navi Apps

You must purchase the AcuraLink navigation app. The required cable kit is sold separately. See your dealer for more information.

Not all phones and apps are compatible with the system. The system does not display all the available apps on smartphone, and some apps need to be preinstalled. See your dealer for details.

You need to switch the Bluetooth connection to your smartphone if another electronic device is connected.

2 To pair a cell phone (when a phone has already been paired to the system) P. 324

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 238

Smartphone Navi Apps You can connect an iPhone to the system to enable integration between the AcuraLink navigation app on your phone and the vehicle. This allows you to see the app on the vehicle display. Use the interface dial and buttons to control the app when connected to the vehicle. For more information on the AcuraLink navigation app, its features and operation, phone compatibility, connection requirements, and downloading, visit acuralink.acura.com.

Audio/Information screen The navigation app icon installed in your iPhone appears on the screen.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Use the display to input information.

APP button Press to activate the app. The app appears when your phone with Acura-unique navigation app installed is connected to the audio system via Bluetooth and using an HDMI cable.

MENU button Press to display Navigation App menu, such as: Destination Map Options Route Options, etc.

SETTINGS button Press to set up the following: Display Adjustment Guidance Volume Sync Clock w/ Smartphone

Interface Dial Rotate left and right to

zoom in and out. Move to eight directions to

scroll the map.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free Featu

res

1Siri Eyes Free

Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.

Check Apple Inc. website for features available for Siri.

We recommend against using Siri other than in Siri Eyes Free while operating a vehicle.

1Using Siri Eyes Free

Some commands work only on specific phone features or apps.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 239

Siri Eyes Free You can talk to Siri using the Talk button on the steering wheel when your compatible iPhone is paired to Bluetooth HandsFreeLink.

2 Phone Setup P. 294

Using Siri Eyes Free

iPhone only

Appears when Siri is activated in Siri Eyes Free

Talk button: Press and hold until the display changes as shown.

Hang-up/Back button: Press to deactivate Siri.

While in Siri Eyes Free: The display remains the same. No feedback or commands appear.

239

240

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 240

Audio Error Messages

Solution

will be skipped. The next supported track/file lly.

ct) button and remove the disc, and check that the cleared. isc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the

CDs P. 248

age reappears, press the button, and pull out

disc. lays, there is a problem with the first disc. age repeats, or the disc cannot be removed, . ce the disc out of the player.

isc is not damaged or deformed. CDs P. 248

ystem off and allow the player to cool down until e is cleared.

CD Player If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.

*1:Models with one display *2:Models with two displays

Error Message Cause

Unplayable File Track/file format not supported Current track/file

plays automatica

Bad Disc Please check owners manual Push Eject*1

Mechanical error

Press the (eje error message is

Check that the d disc again.

2 Protecting If the error mess

the disc. Insert a different

If the new disc p If the error mess

contact a dealer Do not try to for

Bad Disc Please Check Owners Manual Push Eject*2

Mecha Error

Bad Disc Please check owners manual*1

Servo error Bad Disc Please Check Owners Manual*2

Check Disc Disc error Check that the d

2 Protecting

Heat Error*2 High temperature Turn the audio s

the error messag

uuAudio Error Messagesu iPod/USB Flash Drive Featu

res

ion

ter unit*1 or audio unit*2. Check if the device is t*2.

isconnect the device. Then turn the audio system e that caused the error.

tible files are stored on the device.

it appears when a supported iPod is connected,

e iPod. Reconnect the iPod.

M or an unsupported format. This error message g.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 241

iPod/USB Flash Drive If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

*1:Models with one display *2:Models with two displays

Error Message Solut

USB Error Appears when there is a problem with the USB adap compatible with the USB adapter unit*1 or audio uni

Bad USB Device Please Check Owners Manual.*1

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. D off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the devicIncompatible USB Device

Please Check Owners Manual*2

No Song*1 Appears when the iPod is empty. Check that compa

Unsupported Ver*1 Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If update the iPod software to the newer version.Unsupported Version*2

Retry Connection*1

Appears when the system does not acknowledge th Connect Retry*2

Unplayable File Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DR appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next son

241Continued

242

uuAudio Error Messagesu

Featu res

ion

are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash

.

If it appears when a supported device is

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 242

*2:Models with two displays

Error Message Solut

No Data

Appears when the iPod is empty.

Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there drive.

Check that compatible files are stored on the device

Unsupported Appears when an unsupported device is connected. connected, reconnect the device.

iPod*2

USB flash drive

iPod*2 and USB flash drive

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora Featu

res

ion

Use the device to create a station.

ase update the device application.

nance. Try again later.

ck your device.

Solution

n incompatible device is connected. Disconnect turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do e device that caused the error.

ere is no station list on the device. Use the device n.

ou try to skip a song or select Dislike over the umber of times in an hour.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 243

Pandora If an error occurs while playing Pandora, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

Error Message Solut

PANDORA No Station Appears when there is no station list on the device.

PANDORA Requires Update Appears when Pandora version is not supported. Ple

PANDORA Unavailable Appears when Pandora is performing system mainte

PANDORA Cannot Connect Appears when Pandora is unable to play music. Che

PANDORA Loading... Appears when Pandora is loading.

Error Message

Incompatible USB Device Please Check Owners Manual

Appears when a the device. Then not reconnect th

No stations have been created. Please create a station on the device.

Appears when th to create a statio

Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may skip each hour.

Appears when y predetermined n

U.S. models

Models with one display

Models with two displays

243Continued

244

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora

Featu res

Solution

e commanded operation is failed. Try again later.

o data is available with Pandora activated. and reconnect the device.

andora version is not supported. Update latest version.

he Pandora server is in maintenance. Try again

andora is unable to play music. Check your

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 244

Error Message

Unable to save rating. Unable to save bookmark or Unable to skip

Appears when th

No data Appears when n Reboot the app

PANDORA App version is not supported. Appears when P Pandora to the

PANDORA system maintenance Appears when t later.

Cannot connect to PANDORA. When stopped, check your mobile device.

Appears when P device.

uuAudio Error MessagesuAhaTM Radio Featu

res

Solution

e AhaTM app is not activated. Check your device.

n incompatible device is connected. Disconnect turn the audio system off, and turn it on again. t the device that caused the error.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 245

AhaTM Radio If an error occurs while playing AhaTM Radio, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

Error Message

Cannot connect to aha. When stopped, check your mobile device.

Appears when th

Incompatible USB Device Please Check Owners Manual

Appears when a the device. Then Do not reconnec

Models with two displays

245

246

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 246

General Information on the Audio System

1Subscribing to SiriusXM Radio

Contact Information for SiriusXM Radio: U.S.: SiriusXM Radio at www.siriusxm.com/

subscribenow, or 1-877-447-0011. Canada: SiriusXM Canada at www.siriusxm.ca/

subscribe-now, or 1-877-209-0079.

1Receiving SiriusXM Radio

The SiriusXM satellites are in orbit over the equator; therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and mountains the farther north you travel from the equator.

You may experience reception problems under the following circumstances: In a location with an obstruction to the south of

your vehicle. In tunnels On the lower level of a multi-tiered road Large items carried on the roof rack

SiriusXM Radio Service*

1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, select CH 000 and the radio ID appears.

2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the SiriusXM website to subscribe.

Switch to the SiriusXM mode by pressing the MODE button repeatedly or operating the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, and stay in this mode for about 30 minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with good reception.

Loading: SiriusXM is loading the audio or program information. Channel off air: The channel is not currently broadcasting. Channel unsubscribed: You are not subscribed to the channel selected. No signal: The signal is too weak in the current location. Channel unavailable: No such channel exists. Check antenna, Antenna disconnected, Antenna shorted: There is a problem with the SiriusXM antenna. Contact a dealer.

Subscribing to SiriusXM Radio

Receiving SiriusXM Radio

SiriusXM Radio Display Messages

* Not available on all models

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs Featu

res

1Recommended CDs

A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not play either.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 247

Recommended CDs Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use. Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed. Play only standard round-shaped CDs.

Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported.

CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files

The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.

247Continued

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs

248

Featu res

1Protecting CDs

NOTICE Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside and damage the audio unit.

Examples:

Damaged CDs

Bubbled/ Wrinkled

With Label/ Sticker

Using Printer Label Kit

Sealed With Plastic Ring Poor quality

CDs

Chipped/ Cracked

Warped Burrs

Small CDs

3-inch (8-cm) CD

Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and excessively thick CDs

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 248

Protecting CDs Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs: Store a CD in its case when it is not being played. When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge. Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface. Never insert foreign objects into the CD player. Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat. Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD. Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives Featu

res

1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility

This system may not work with all software versions of these devices.

1USB Flash Drives

Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored order. This order may be different from the order displayed on your PC or device.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 249

Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives

A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended. Some digital audio players may not be compatible. Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work. Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.

iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility

Model iPod (5th generation)

iPod classic 80/160GB (launched in 2007) iPod classic 120GB (launched in 2008) iPod classic 160GB (launched in 2009)

iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) released between 2005 and 2012 iPod touch (1st to 6th generation) released between 2007 and 2015

iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/iPhone 6/ iPhone 6 Plus/iPhone 6s/iPhone 6s Plus/iPhone 7/iPhone 7 Plus

USB Flash Drives

249

250

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 250

Honda App License Agreement

PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (THIS AGREEMENT) WHICH GOVERNS YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE INSTALLED ON YOUR HONDA OR ACURA VEHICLE (YOUR VEHICLE) AS WELL AS THE APPLICATIONS, SERVICES, FUNCTIONS, AND CONTENT PROVIDED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE SERVICES). YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL SERVE AS YOUR CONSENT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE IS OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO. INC., (HONDA, US, WE, OR OUR), WITH ITS BUSINESS ADDRESS AT 1919 TORRANCE BLVD., TORRANCE, CA 90501. REFERENCE TO HONDA IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES HONDAS PARENT COMPANY AND ITS AFFILIATES AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. THE SERVICES ARE OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY HONDA OR A THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER (A PROVIDER). REFERENCE TO A PROVIDER IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES SUCH PROVIDERS PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, AND DESIGNATED AGENTS.

A. Description of the Software. The SOFTWARE includes the software, firmware and the like, installed and executing on your VEHICLE during manufacture, and thereafter updated from time to time by HONDA, you or an authorized HONDA dealer (a DEALER). The SOFTWARE allows you to access and use a variety of SERVICES, including but not limited to: (a) HONDA applications, services, and content provided through the SOFTWARE (together, HONDA SERVICES); and (b) PROVIDER applications, services, and content provided through the SOFTWARE (together, PROVIDER SERVICES), each of which may provide access to various information, media, content, and services.

B. SOFTWARE Licensing and Intellectual Property. 1. SOFTWARE. This AGREEMENT grants you a non-exclusive, limited, and revocable license to use the SOFTWARE and SERVICES solely (a) as installed on your VEHICLE by HONDA, (b) as updated on your Vehicle by HONDA, you (but only as and when directed by HONDA), or a DEALER and (c) as permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT

2. HONDA Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various HONDA SERVICES. Installation, activation, or use of HONDA SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies applicable to those HONDA SERVICES (the HONDA TERMS). You acknowledge and agree that any collection, use, sharing of data generated by your VEHICLE or your use of your VEHICLE, and your use of the HONDA SERVICES shall be subject to this AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS that may be specifically applicable to such HONDA SERVICES or data generation. The HONDA SERVICES may collect, use, and share such data while you are using the SOFTWARE.

END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu

res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 251

3. Open-Source Software. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may incorporate software licensed to HONDA under free or open-source licenses which govern HONDAs distribution and your use of such software. HONDA and the third-party authors, licensors, and distributors of such software disclaim all warranties and all liability arising from any and all use or distribution of the software. To the extent such software is provided under terms that differ from the applicable free or open-source licenses, those terms are offered by HONDA alone. Additional information regarding free and open-source software incorporated in the SOFTWARE and SERVICES is available in this manual or within the SOFTWARE.

4. Provider Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various PROVIDER SERVICES. Installation or use of such PROVIDER SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies of the applicable PROVIDER (the PROVIDER TERMS). This AGREEMENT restricts the manner in which you can install and use PROVIDER SERVICES but does not grant you a license or permission to use such PROVIDER SERVICES. Your permission to use PROVIDER SERVICES is limited and subject to any license grants, conditions, and limitations included in the PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge that any collection, use, sharing of your information, targeted advertising practices by PROVIDERS, and your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES shall be subject to both this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS. The PROVIDER SERVICES may collect, use, and share such information while you are using the SOFTWARE.

5. License Limitations and Restrictions on Use. (a) Limited License. You understand and agree that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are licensed, not sold, to you solely for use in accordance with this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and any documentation for the VEHICLE made available to you by HONDA (any DOCUMENTATION). HONDA and its licensors reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES not expressly granted to you under this AGREEMENT. PROVIDERS and their licensors reserve all rights in the PROVIDER SERVICES not expressly granted to you under the applicable PROVIDER TERMS.

251Continued

252

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 252

(b) Restrictions on Use. The licenses granted under this AGREEMENT do not permit you to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES on a device other than your VEHICLE. As a condition of using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, you agree that you may not and will not:

6. Intellectual Property Rights. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, the accompanying DOCUMENTATION, and all copies of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are owned by HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their suppliers or licensors. This AGREEMENT does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their licensors, affiliates, or suppliers.

(1) copy, download, distribute, modify, publish, sell, rent, lease, lend, license, sublicense, reuse, or create derivative works of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES or any of the content or other material within the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including without limitation, HONDA or PROVIDER names, logos, or any other trademarks of HONDA or PROVIDERS or used in association with the SOFTWARE or any SERVICES, except as required to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in accordance with this AGREEMENT, any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and the DOCUMENTATION; (2) access or use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any manner intended to damage or impair the operation of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES or interfere with anyone elses use and enjoyment of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES; (3) access or attempt to access any system or server on which the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is hosted or modify or alter the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any way; (4) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES for any unlawful purpose, or in violation of any third party rights; (5) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in violation of any applicable traffic regulations, rules or laws, including but not limited to any driver distraction laws, rules or regulations; (6) violate the terms of this AGREEMENT, any HONDA TERMS, any PROVIDER TERMS or other applicable third-party terms, conditions, and privacy policies; or (7) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble, or attempt to derive the source code of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted (a) by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or (b) the terms of applicable free or opensource software licenses.

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu

res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 253

7. Export Restrictions: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to U.S., European Union, and other export jurisdictions. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use, and destination restrictions issued by the U.S. and other governments.

C. SOFTWARE Operation 1. HONDA reserves the right to suspend or terminate your access to and use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES if you are found to be in violation of this AGREEMENT or as reasonably deemed necessary by HONDA.

2. Eligibility/Registration/Activation. The SOFTWARE is intended for and available to individuals who (a) are of legal age of majority in their jurisdiction of residence (and at least 18 years of age), or are younger than 18 years of age and possess a valid drivers license issued by their jurisdiction of residence, and (b) own or have permissive access to a compatible VEHICLE. We do not knowingly collect any information, including personal information, from children under 13. If we learn or are notified that we have collected personal information of a child under 13, we will immediately take steps to delete such information.

3. Use of PROVIDER SERVICES through the SOFTWARE. Certain PROVIDER SERVICES made available through the SOFTWARE may require that you register or otherwise have an account with the PROVIDER and agree to PROVIDER TERMS. Any use of any of such PROVIDER SERVICES within the SOFTWARE is subject to this AGREEMENT and the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. HONDA does not exercise control over such PROVIDER SERVICES and is not responsible or liable for the availability, security, or content of such PROVIDER SERVICES, and the inclusion of any PROVIDER SERVICES does not imply a referral from, the approval of, or the endorsement by HONDA of such PROVIDER SERVICES. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage relating to or resulting from your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES.

4. Links to Third Party Sites: The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to access third-party sites and content through the use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. The third-party sites and content are not under the control of HONDA. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for such third-party websites and their content or for any damage relating to or resulting from your access or use of such websites and content.

253Continued

254

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 254

5. Unauthorized Use and Abuse. You are responsible for ensuring your (and any authorized third parties) use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES remains in compliance with this AGREEMENT and all other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge and agree that any use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES occurring through your VEHICLE will be deemed your actions and that HONDA and PROVIDERS may rely upon such actions. You agree to immediately notify us if you suspect fraudulent or abusive activity involving the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. If you so notify us or if we otherwise suspect fraudulent or abusive activity, you agree to cooperate with us in any fraud investigation and to use any fraud prevention measures we prescribe. Your failure to immediately notify us or cooperate to use such measures will result in your liability for all fraudulent usage or abusive activity associated with your VEHICLE.

6. SOFTWARE Updates. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be updated when your VEHICLE is serviced by a DEALER or remotely, over-the- air, by HONDA from time to time; such updates may occur with or without further notice or your future consent. The SOFTWARE may be updated at HONDAs discretion and for any purpose including, without limitation, to patch or otherwise improve the SOFTWARE or SERVICES functionality, security, or stability. All updates to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to this AGREEMENT and any other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS.

7. Uninstalling, Removing, and Replacing the SOFTWARE. Replacing SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES with software or firmware not provided and installed by HONDA or a DEALER will render all representations and warranties for the SOFTWARE, HONDA SERVICES, and VEHICLE functionality reliant upon the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES null and void.

D. SOFTWARE Operational Notices and Warnings 1. Vehicle Geolocation Information. You acknowledge that your VEHICLE may be equipped with certain traffic and map features. The traffic feature will automatically collect and transmit, through GPS technology, your Vehicles current location (longitude and latitude), travel direction and speed (VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION) to HONDA and PROVIDERS. The VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION is used by HONDA and PROVIDERS to provide traffic and navigation-related information to you, but may also be used to provide other SERVICES or offers to you. HONDA will not use such VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION for its own marketing efforts, or provide such information to unaffiliated third parties for their own purposes, without your express consent.

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu

res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 255

2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls, routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.

3. Speech Recognition: You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a) consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.

4. Distraction Hazards. Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable to hear these sounds could result in a crash.

255Continued

256

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 256

E. Information Collection and Storage 1. Information Collection, Use, Transmission and Storage of Data. Consent to Use of Data: You agree that HONDA and PROVIDERS may collect and use your information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services. HONDA may share such information with third parties, including, without limitation, PROVIDERS, third party software and services suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agents, solely to improve their products or to provide services or technologies to you. HONDA, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others, but not in a form that personally identifies you.

2. Information Storage. Depending on the type of multimedia system you have in your VEHICLE, certain information may be stored for ease of use of the SOFTWARE including, without limitation, search history, location history in certain applications, previous and saved destinations, map locations within certain applications, and device numbers and contact information.

(a) Vehicle Health Information. Your VEHICLE may remotely transmit information regarding the status and health of your VEHICLE (VEHICLE INFORMATION) to HONDA without notification to you. VEHICLE INFORMATION may contain VEHICLE maintenance and malfunction status that is derived from VEHICLE diagnostic data and includes, but is not limited to, status of powered doors and windows, battery life data, battery charging data, VEHICLE speed, coolant temperature, air compressor revolution, output power, warning codes, diagnostic trouble codes, fuel injection volume, and engine rotations per minute. VEHICLE HEALTH INFORMATION may be used by HONDA for research and development, to deliver HONDA SERVICES and information to you, and to contact you, and is retained only for a period of time necessary to fulfill these goals.

(b) VEHICLE Geolocation Data (non-navigation/map based). If you opt-in to geolocation-based SERVICES, your vehicles geolocation data (latitude and longitude) will be automatically sent from your VEHICLE to HONDA and PROVIDERS.

(c) You understand that the inputting or uploading of information to your VEHICLEs multimedia system or the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is at your own risk and that HONDA is not responsible for unauthorized access to or use of any personal or other information. All information uploaded to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be stored on your VEHICLESs multimedia system and you understand that the security and safety of your VEHICLEs multimedia system is your sole responsibility.

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu

res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 257

F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLEs multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE BASIS WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, non- infringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not expressly made herein. You should not rely on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may not apply to you.

G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights. 1. Limitations on YOUR liability. HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorney's fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT.

257Continued

258

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 258

2. Limitation on HONDA and PROVIDER liability. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable to you or any other party for consequential, indirect, incidental, special, or punitive damages (including without limitation lost profits) in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if HONDA or PROVIDERS are aware of the possibility of such damages. These limitations apply to all claims, including, without limitation, claims in contract and tort (such as negligence, product liability and strict liability). To the extent that a jurisdiction does not permit the exclusion or limitation of liability as set forth herein our liability is limited to the maximum extent permitted by law in such states. If HONDA or PROVIDERS are found liable to you for any reason, you agree that the aggregate liability of all these parties to you for any claim is limited to ten U.S. dollars (US $10.00). Neither HONDA nor any PROVIDER would have agreed to provide the SOFTWARE or SERVICES to you if you did not agree to this limitation. This amount is the sole and exclusive liability of HONDA and PROVIDERS to you, and is payable as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Except where prohibited by law, you may not bring any claim against HONDA or any third-party beneficiary more than two (2) years after the claim arises. We do not have any liability for SOFTWARE or SERVICES interruptions of any length.

(a) Release of HONDA and PROVIDERS For yourself and anyone else claiming under you, you agree to release and discharge HONDA, PROVIDERS, their respective officers, directors, and employees, and each third-party beneficiary from all claims, liabilities and losses in connection with the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including, but not limited to claims for personal injury or property damage arising from the total or partial failure of performance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if caused by or based upon the negligence, gross negligence, strict products liability, Deceptive Trade Practices Act violations, bad faith, or breach of warranty of us or the malfunction of the SOFTWARE or SOFTWARE SERVICES. YOU AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. YOU HEREBY RELEASE AND DISCHARGE HONDA AND ITS LICENSORS AND CONTRACTORS (INCLUDING ANY THIRD PARTIES PROVIDING ALL OR PART OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES) FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ANY INJURIES, DAMAGES, OR LOSSES TO ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DEATH) OR PROPERTY OF ANY KIND RESULTING IN WHOLE OR PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES.

H. Survival. You agree that the limitations of liability and indemnities in this AGREEMENT will survive even after the AGREEMENT has ended. These limitations of liability apply not only to you, but to anyone using the SOFTWARE or SERVICES via your VEHICLE, to anyone making a claim on your behalf, and to any claims made by your family, employees, customers, or others arising out of or relating to your VEHICLE, the SOFTWARE, or SERVICES.

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu

res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 259

I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLEs compatible multimedia system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission limitation or interruption, including but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES, or any portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.

J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.

K. Termination and Transfer. 1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason, and with or without notice to you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.

2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.

259Continued

260

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 260

L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification, suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES.

M.ARBITRATION: PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION. Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to court is waived and instead claims, disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the Federal Arbitration Act (FAA) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration. YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. Claim means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any representations, omissions or warranties. Claim does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.. YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation. Contact these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers, HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous.

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu

res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 261

N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDAs prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only.

Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA. This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy, assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out.

261

262

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuAbout Open Source Licenses

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 262

About Open Source Licenses

About the software license of the product The software installed in the product contains open source software. See the following website for details on the open source software.

http://hondaopensource6.com/oss/ww/index.html

Important Information on the Software

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 263

Customized Features*

Featu

res

1Customized Features*

When you customize settings, make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop and shift to (P.

To customize other features, rotate , move , , or , and press . 2 List of customizable options P. 269

See the Navigation System Manual for the customized features except for the Vehicle Settings.

Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.

How to customize Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating while the power mode is ON and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press .

Models with navigation system

Models without navigation system

SETTINGS Button

Audio/Information Screen

263Continued* Not available on all models

264

uuCustomized Features*u

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 264

Customization flow

Press the SETTINGS button.

Voice Prompt

Brightness Contrast

Black Level

Bluetooth Status Bluetooth Device List

Edit pairing code

Default

Display

System Settings

Bluetooth

Voice Recognition

Sync Display Brightness

Factory Data Reset

Background Color Header Clock Display

Clock

Clock Adjustment Clock Format

Clock

Language Display Operation Restriction Tips*

Others

Wallpaper Clock/Wallpaper

Type

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Features*u Featu

res

Trip A Reset Timing Trip B Reset Timing

Language Selection Adjust Outside Temp. Display

Forward Collision Warning Distance*

ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep*

Turn by Turn Display*

Door Unlock Mode Keyless Access Light Flash

Interior Light Dimming Time Headlight Auto Off Timer

Auto Light Sensitivity

Keyless Access Beep

Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep*

Blind Spot Info*

Road Departure Mitigation Setting*

ACC Display Speed Unit*

Remote Start System On/Off*

Memory Position Link

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 265

Default

Vehicle Settings

Driver Assist

System Setup

Keyless Access Setup

Lighting Setup

Driving Position Setup

Meter Setup

265Continued* Not available on all models

266

uuCustomized Features*u

Featu res

Play Song from Beginning*1

Source Select Popup

Maintenance Resetnfo.

Fixed Guideline Dynamic Guideline

Cross Traffic Monitor

em Manual.

Key And Remote Unlock Mode Keyless Lock Answer Back

Security Relock Timer

Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock

Cover Art*1

Bluetooth Device List*1

Connect Bluetooth Audio Device*1

HD Radio Mode*1

SportsFlashTM*1 Notification

Beep Favorite Teams

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 266

Default

Maintenance I

Rear

Camera

*1:

See the Navigation Syst Navi

Settings*

Door Setup

May change depending on your currently selected source.

Default

Camera Settings

SXM

Bluetooth

Other

Audio Settings

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Features*u Featu

res

Add Bluetooth Device

Disconnect

Connect Phone

Edit Bluetooth Device

Add Bluetooth Device

Bluetooth Device

List

Edit Speed Dial

Auto Transfer

Auto Answer

Ring Tone

Automatic Phone Sync

Use Contact Photo

Enable Text/Email

Select Account

New Text/Email Alert

Message Auto Reading

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 267

Default

Phone

Default

Default

Text/Email

Phone Settings

267Continued

268

uuCustomized Features*u

Featu res

Info Screen Preference

Clock/Wallpaper Type Clock Adjustment

Clock Format

Display Adjustment Guidance Volume

ync Clock w/ Smartphone

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 268

Clock

Default Other

Info Settings

Default

S

App

Settings

uuCustomized Features*u Featu

res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 269

List of customizable options

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

System Settings

Display

Sync Display Brightness Selects whether the display brightness synchronizes with the instrument panel brightness.

On*1/Off

Brightness Changes the brightness of the audio/information screen.

Contrast Changes the contrast of the audio/information screen.

Black Level Changes the black level of the audio/information screen.

Bluetooth

Bluetooth Status Turns the Bluetooth on and off. On*1/Off

Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a paired phone, and creates a security PIN.

2 Phone Setup P. 323

Edit pairing code Changes a pairing code. 2 To change the pairing code setting P. 325

Random/Fixed*1

269Continued

270

uuCustomized Features*u

Featu res

ption Selectable Settings

ch option. prompts.

Beginner*1/Expert

y type. Analog/Digital*1/ Small Digital/Off

type. or a new wallpaper. r a wallpaper. 07

Blank/Galaxy*1/ Metallic/Add New

isplay from 12H to 24H. 12H*1/24H

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 270

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descri

System Settings

Voice Recog- nition

Voice Prompt Beginner: Explains ea Expert: Turns off voice

Clock

Clock/ Wallpaper Type

Clock Changes the clock displa

Wallpaper

Changes the wallpaper Imports an image file f Deletes an image file fo

2 Wallpaper Setup P. 2

Clock Adjustment Adjusts Clock. 2 Clock P. 110

Clock Format Selects the digital clock d

uuCustomized Features*u Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

uage. English*1/Franais/ Espaol

control of the system is tion while driving. Only

lable. On*1/Off

color of the audio/ e On Demand Multi-

Blue*1/Amber/Red/ Green

display comes on. On*1/Off

heir factory default. ttings P. 283

ized items in the s default.

Default/OK

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 271

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

System Settings

Others

Language Changes the display lang

Display Operation Restriction Tips*

Alerts you when manual disabled to prevent distrac voice commands are avai

Background Color Changes the background information screen and th Use DisplayTM.

Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock

Factory Data Reset Resets all the settings to t 2 Defaulting All the Se

Default Cancels/Resets all custom System Settings group a

271Continued* Not available on all models

272

uuCustomized Features*u

Featu res

ption Selectable Settings

e CMBSTM alerts. Long/Normal*1/Short

p when the system the vehicle goes out of On/Off*1

or ACC on the multi- mph*1/km/h (U.S.) mph/km/h*1 (Canada)

he road departure Normal*1/Wide/ Warning Only

p when the LKAS is On/Off*1

he blind spot Audible And Visual Alert*1/Visual Alert/ Off

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 272

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descri

Vehicle Settings

Driver Assist System Setup

Forward Collision Warning Distance* Changes at which distanc

ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep*

Causes the system to bee detects a vehicle, or when the ACC range.

ACC Display Speed Unit* Changes the speed unit f information display.

Road Departure Mitigation Setting*

Changes the setting for t mitigation system.

Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep*

Causes the system to bee suspended.

Blind Spot Info* Changes the setting for t information.

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Features*u Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

guage on the multi- English*1/Franais/ Espaol

eading by a few -5F ~ 0F*1 ~ +5F (U.S.) -3C ~ 0C*1 ~ +3C (Canada)

w to reset trip meter A, average speed A, and

When Refueled/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1

w to reset trip meter B, average speed B, and

When Refueled/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1

by-turn display comes nce.

On*1/Off

memory system on and On*1/Off

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 273

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Vehicle Settings

Meter Setup

Language Selection Changes the displayed lan information display.

Adjust Outside Temp. Display

Adjusts the temperature r degrees.

Trip A Reset Timing Changes the setting of ho average fuel economy A, elapsed time A.

Trip B Reset Timing Changes the setting of ho average fuel economy B, elapsed time B.

Turn by Turn Display* Selects whether the turn- on during the route guida

Driving Position Setup

Memory Position Link Turns the driving position off.

273Continued* Not available on all models

274

uuCustomized Features*u

Featu res

ption Selectable Settings

lock when you grab the Driver Door Only*1/ All Doors

ts to flash when you On*1/Off

nd when you unlock/ On*1/Off

start feature on and off. On*1/Off

e the interior lights stay ors.

60seconds/ 30seconds*1/ 15seconds

e the exterior lights e drivers door.

60seconds/ 30seconds/ 15seconds*1/ 0seconds

e headlights to come Max/High/Mid*1/ Low/Min

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 274

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descri

Vehicle Settings

Keyless Access Setup

Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors un drivers door handle.

Keyless Access Light Flash Causes some exterior ligh unlock/lock the doors.

Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sou lock the doors.

Remote Start System On/ Off* Turns the remote engine

Lighting Setup

Interior Light Dimming Time

Changes the length of tim on after you close the do

Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the length of tim stay on after you close th

Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for th on.

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Features*u Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

he automatic locking With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift from P/ Off

hen the doors unlock

All Doors When Drivers Door Opens*1/All Doors When Shifted to Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off

door or all doors to f the remote or built-in

Driver Door*1/All Doors

rior lights flash. eper sounds.

On*1/Off

for the doors to relock set after you unlock ng any door.

90seconds/ 60seconds/ 30seconds*1

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 275

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Vehicle Settings

Door Setup

Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for t feature.

Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for w automatically.

Key And Remote Unlock Mode

Sets up either the drivers unlock on the first push o key.

Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK- The exte LOCK (2nd push)- The be

Security Relock Timer Changes the time it takes and the security system to the vehicle without openi

275Continued

276

uuCustomized Features*u

Featu res

ption Selectable Settings

display when you have ce service.

ized items in the as default.

Default/OK

guidelines come on the On*1/Off

mic guidelines come on On*1/Off

ized items in the Rear .

Default/OK

nitor feature on and off. On*1/Off

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 276

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Descri

Vehicle Settings

Mainte- nance Info.

Maintenance Reset Resets the engine oil life performed the maintenan

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Vehicle Settings group

Camera Settings

Rear Camera

Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed rear camera monitor.

Dynamic Guideline Selects whether the dyna the rear camera monitor.

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Camera group as default

Cross Traffic Monitor

Turns the cross traffic mo

uuCustomized Features*u Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

ts alert function. Disable*1/Enable/ Enable(one time)

p when the sports alert On*1/Off

t teams. 21

On*1/Off

e Start function. On*1/Off

th Audio device paired

pairs a Bluetooth

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 277

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Audio Settings

SXM SportsFlashTM*

Notification Turns on and off the spor

Beep Causes the system to bee is notified.

Favorite Teams

Selects your favorite spor 2 Live Sports Alert P. 2

Play Song from Beginning Turns on and off the Tun

Bluetooth

Bluetooth Device List

Edits or deletes a Bluetoo to HFL.

Connect Bluetooth Audio Device

Connects, disconnects or Audio device to HFL.

SiriusXM mode

SiriusXM mode

Bluetooth Audio, Pandora* or AhaTM mode

Bluetooth Audio, Pandora* or AhaTM mode

277Continued* Not available on all models

278

uuCustomized Features*u

Featu res

ption Selectable Settings

f selectable audio he AUDIO button is On/Off*1

system automatically io waves or receives the Auto*1/Analog

r art display. On*1/Off

ized items in the Audio lt.

Default/OK

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 278

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descri

Audio Settings

Others

Source Select Popup Selects whether the list o sources comes on when t pressed.

HD Radio Mode*

Selects whether the audio switches to the digital rad analogue waves only.

Cover Art Turns on and off the cove

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Settings group as defau

FM/AM mode

iPod, USB, Pandora* or AhaTM mode

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Features*u Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

, or connects or e.

, edits or deletes a a security PIN.

eed dial entry.

transfer from your nter the vehicle.

On*1/Off

cally answer an four seconds.

On/Off*1

Fixed/Mobile Phone*1/Off

be automatically s paired to HFL.

On*1/Off

on an incoming call On*1/Off

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 279

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Phone Settings

Phone

Connect Phone Pairs a new phone to HFL disconnects a paired phon

2 Phone Setup P. 323

Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL paired phone, or creates

2 Phone Setup P. 323

Edit Speed Dial Edits, adds or deletes a sp 2 Phone Setup P. 323

Auto Transfer Sets calls to automatically phone to HFL when you e

Auto Answer Sets whether to automati incoming call after about

Ring Tone Selects the ring tone.

Automatic Phone Sync Sets a phonebook data to imported when a phone i

Use Contact Photo Displays a callers picture screen.

279Continued

280

uuCustomized Features*u

Featu res

ption Selectable Settings

sage function on and On*1/Off

essage account.

alert comes on the a new text/e-mail

m automatically reads cted, whether only On/Off/Auto*1

ized items in the Phone lt.

Default/OK

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 280

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descri

Phone Settings

Text/ Email

Enable Text/Email Turns the text/e-mail mes off.

Select Account Selects a text or e-mail m

New Text/Email Alert Selects whether a pop-up screen when HFL receives message.

Message Auto Reading Selects whether the syste out messages, and, if sele when driving.

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Settings group as defau

uuCustomized Features*u Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

m Settings on P. 269 to P. 271.

n the INFO button is

pops up. u pops up. pop up.

Info Top/Info Menu*1/Off

ized items in the Info t.

Default/OK

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 281

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Info Settings

Clock

Clock/ Wallpaper Type

Clock

See Syste Wallpaper

Clock Adjustment

Clock Format

Other Info Screen Preference

Selects the top menu whe pressed. Info Top- A brief menu Info Menu- A full men Off- A menu does not

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Settings group as defaul

281Continued

282

uuCustomized Features*u

Featu res

ption Selectable Settings

f the audio/information

the audio/information

f the audio/information

audio/information

dio/information screen.

me level with 0 ~ 9*1 ~ 11

links to the device you On/Off*1

ized items in the App lt.

Default/OK

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 282

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descri

App Settings

Display Adjustment

Brightness Changes the brightness o screen.

Contrast Changes the contrast of screen.

Black Level Changes the black level o screen.

Color Changes the color of the screen.

Tint Changes the tint of the au

Guidance Volume Adjusts the guidance volu navigation app.

Sync Clock w/ Smartphone Selects whether the clock connect.

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Settings group as defau

uuCustomized Features*uDefaulting All the Settings Featu

res

1Defaulting All the Settings

When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset all settings to default and delete all personal data.

The following settings will be reset: Audio preset settings Phonebook entries Other display and each item settings.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 283

Defaulting All the Settings You can reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press . 3. Move or to select the Others tab. 4. Rotate to select Factory Data Reset,

then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.

5. Rotate to select Yes, then press . u The confirmation message will appear.

6. Rotate to select Yes, then press again to reset the settings. u The confirmation message will appear.

Press to select OK.

283

284

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 284

HomeLink Universal Transceiver*

1HomeLink Universal Transceiver*

Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage door opener, confirm that the opener has an external entrapment protection system, such as an electronic eye, or other safety and reverse stop features. If it does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or home security systems.

Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety information, contact the manufacturer.

Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.

When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage doors path.

Important Safety Precautions

* Not available on all models

uuHomeLink Universal Transceiver*uTraining HomeLink Featu

res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 285

Training HomeLink If it is necessary to erase a previously entered learned code: Press and hold the two outside buttons for

about 20 seconds, until the red indicator blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to step 1.

If you are training the second or third button, go directly to step 1.

The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener, visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800)355-3515.

Red Indicator

285Continued

uuHomeLink Universal Transceiver*uTraining HomeLink

286

Featu res

1Training HomeLink

Retraining a Button If you want to retrain a programmed button for a new device, you do not have to erase all button memory. You can replace the existing memory code using this procedure:

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.

2. Quickly release the HomeLink button and follow steps 1 - 3 under Training a Button. You do not need to press and release the HomeLink button again in step 2.

Indicator remains on for about 25 secs.

Standard transmitter

Indicator remains on for about 25 secs.

Rolling code transmitter

Erasing Codes To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink (about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes before selling the vehicle.

If you have any problems, see the devices instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call HomeLink at (800) 355-3515.

HomeLink is a registered trademark of Gentex Corporation.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 286

Training a Button

4.

3.

2.

5. A.

B.

1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the HomeLink button you want to program.

Press and hold the desired HomeLink button. Hold the button on the remote transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly blinking to constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds.

Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for about a sec. Does the device (garage door opener) work?

Press and release the HomeLink button. Press and release the button on the remote every 2 secs. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly blinking to constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds.

Training Complete

Press and hold the HomeLink button again.

Press and hold the HomeLink button again. The remote-controlled device should operate.

Training Complete

The remote has a rolling code. Press the learn button on the remote-controlled device (e.g. garage door opener).

Within 30 secs, press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.

HomeLink indicator rapidly blinks.HomeLink LED is constantly on.

YES NO

YES

YES NO NO

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 287

Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Featu

res

1Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Place your phone where you can get good reception. To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-

888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone

compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.

1Using HFL

Voice control tips Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the

windows, as noise coming from them may interfere with the microphone.

Press the button when you want to call a number using a stored voice tag. Speak clearly and naturally after a beep.

If the microphone picks up voices other than yours, the command may be misinterpreted.

To change the volume level, use the audio system's volume knob or the remote audio controls on the steering wheel.

State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.

If you receive a call while using the audio system, the system resumes its operation after ending the call.

Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using your vehicle's audio system, without handling your cell phone.

Using HFL

(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen or to answer an incoming call.

(Hang-up) button: Press to end a call. (Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag. (Back) button: Press to cancel a command.

PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen. Selector knob: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press .

HFL Buttons

Models with one display

Microphone

Pick-up Button

Selector Knob

PHONE Button

Hang-up Button Volume up

Volume down

Back Button

Talk Button

287Continued

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuUsing HFL

288

Featu res

1Using HFL

Bluetooth Wireless Technology The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.

HFL Limitations An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio system when it is playing. It will resume when the call is ended.

1HFL Status Display

The information that appears on the audio/ information screen varies between phone models.

You can change the system language. 2 Language Selection P. 179

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 288

The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.

Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.

Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion.

2 Speed Dial P. 304

HFL Status Display

Signal Strength

HFL Mode Battery Level Status

Roam Status

Caller Name

Bluetooth Indicator Comes on when your phone is connected to HFL.

Limitations for Manual Operation

Disabled option

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1HFL Menus

To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth- compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle is parked.

Some functions are limited while driving. A message appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving and the operation is canceled.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 289

HFL Menus The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Models with one display

Display your speed dial entry lists. (up to 15 entries per paired phone)

Display the last 20 outgoing calls.

Display the last 20 incoming calls.

Display the last 20 missed calls.

Display the paired phones phonebook.

Enter a phone number to dial.

Phone

Speed Dial*1

Call History*1

PHONE or

Phonebook*1

Dial*1

Dialed Calls

Received Calls

Missed Calls

289Continued

290

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

eading

ssage

System reads received message aloud, or stop message from being read.

Reply to a received message using one of six fixed phrases.

Make a call to the sender.

See an entire received message (if more than three lines of text).

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 290

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Redial*1

Text Message Read/Stop rMessage is read aloud

Reply

Call

Display Me

Select message and .

Redial the last number dialed in the phones history.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

Phone

Phone

Phone

hone

ode

Pair a phone to the system.

Connect a phone to the system.

Disconnect a paired phone from the system.

Delete a previously paired phone.

Create a code for a paired phone.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 291

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Phone Setup Connection Add a New

Connect a

Disconnect

Delete a P

Pairing C

291Continued

292

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

ook

ory

mber

ed Dial

ed Dial

e Tag

ice Tag

ce Tag

ist

Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a speed dial number.

Select a phone number from the call history to store as a speed dial number.

Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.

Change a previously stored speed dial number.

Delete a previously stored speed dial number.

Create a voice tag for a speed dial number.

Change a voice tag for a speed dial number.

Delete a voice tag for a speed dial number.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 292

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Speed Dial*1 Phoneb

Call Hist

Phone Nu

Change Spe

Delete Spe

Store Voic

Change Vo

Delete Voi

Add New

Existing entry l

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

ority

iority

cally transfer from your phone to HFL when you

Prioritize the callers name as the caller ID.

Prioritize the callers phone number as the caller ID.

for a paired phone.

essage notifications on or off.

ll paired phones, phonebook entries, and security

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 293

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Passcode*1

Auto Transfer

Caller ID Info Name Pri

Number Pr

Message Notice

System Clear

Set calls to automati enter the vehicle.

Create a security PIN

Turn incoming text m

Clear the system of a codes.

293Continued

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

294

Featu res

1Phone Setup

Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to HFL before you can make and receive hands-free calls.

Phone Pairing Tips: You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is

moving. Up to six phones can be paired. Your phone's battery may drain faster when it is

paired to HFL. If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found

by the system within three minutes, the system will time out and returns to idle.

Once you have paired a phone, you can see it displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the right side. These icons indicate the following:

: The phone can be used with HFL. : The phone is compatible with Bluetooth Audio.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 294

To pair a cell phone (when there is no phone paired to the system)

1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 3. Make sure your phone is in search or

discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a

Bluetooth device.

4. When your phone appears on the list, select it by pressing . u If your phone doesnt appear, select

Phone Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink.

5. HFL gives you a four-digit pairing code to input on your phone. When your phone prompts you, input the four-digit pairing code.

6. You will receive a notification on the screen if pairing is successful.

Phone Setup

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 295

To pair a cell phone (when a phone has already been paired to the system)

1. Press the PHONE button or the button. u If a prompt appears asking to connect to

a phone, select No and proceed with step 2.

2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press .

3. Rotate to select Connection, then press .

4. Rotate to select Add a New Phone, then press . u The screen changes to Select Location.

5. Rotate to select Empty, then press .

295Continued

296

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 296

6. Make sure your phone is in search or discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a

Bluetooth device.

7. When your phone appears on the list, select it by pressing . u If your phone doesnt appear, select

Phone Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink.

8. HFL gives you a four-digit pairing code to input on your phone. When your phone prompts you, input the four-digit pairing code.

9. You will receive a notification on the screen if pairing is successful.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1To change the pairing code setting

The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the setting. To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the current code, then enter a new one.

For a randomly generated pairing code each time you pair a phone, select Random.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 297

To change the pairing code setting 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then

press .

3. Rotate to select Connection, then press .

4. Rotate to select Pairing Code, then press .

5. Rotate to select Fixed or Random, then press .

Continued 297

298

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 298

To delete a paired phone 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Connection, then Delete a Phone.

3. Rotate to select a phone you want to delete, then press .

4. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . u You will receive a notification on the

screen if it is successful.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1To Set Up a Text Message Notice Option

On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you receive a new text message. Off: The message you receive is stored in the system without notification.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 299

1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then

press .

3. Rotate to select Message Notice, then press .

4. Rotate to select a mode you want, then press .

To Set Up a Text Message Notice Option

Continued 299

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

300

Featu res

1To Create a Security PIN

In the phone is already security PIN protected, you need to enter the current security PIN before clearing the PIN or creating a new one.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 300

You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN. 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Passcode. 3. Select a phone you want to add a security

PIN to. u Rotate to select a phone you want to

add a security PIN to, then press .

4. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. u Rotate to select Yes, then press .

5. Enter a new four-digit number. u Rotate to select, then press . Press

to delete. Press to enter the security PIN.

6. Re-enter the four-digit number. u The screen returns to the screen in step

2.

To Create a Security PIN

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res1Callers ID Information

Name Priority mode: A callers name is displayed if it is stored in the phonebook. Number Priority mode: A callers phone number is displayed.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 301

If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically transferred to HFL.

1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Auto

Transfer. 3. Rotate to select On, then press . 4. You will receive a notification on the screen

if the change is successful.

You can select a callers information to be displayed when you have an incoming call.

1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Caller ID

Info. 3. Rotate to select a mode you want, then

press . 4. You will receive a notification on the screen

if the change is successful.

Automatic Transferring

Callers ID Information

Continued 301

302

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 302

Security codes, paired phones, all stored voice tags, all speed dial entries, and all imported phonebook data are erased.

1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select System

Clear. 3. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

4. You will receive a notification message on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

5. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Press to finish.

To Clear the System

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History

When you select a person from the list in the cellular phonebook, you can see up to three category icons. The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored for that name.

On some phones, it may not be possible to import the category icons to HFL.

The phonebook is updated after every connection. Call history is updated after every connection or call.

Pref

Home

Mobile

Work

Pager

Car

Fax

Message

Other

Voice

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 303

When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are automatically imported to HFL.

Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History

Continued 303

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

304

Featu res

1Speed Dial

You can use the audio preset buttons during a call to store a speed dial number: 1. Press and hold the desired audio preset button

during a call. 2. The contact information for the active call will be

stored for the corresponding speed dial.

When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 304

Up to 15 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone. To store a speed dial number: 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Speed

Dial, then Add New. 3. Rotate to select a place to choose a

number from, then press . By Phonebook: u Select a number from the linked cell

phones imported phonebook. By Call History: u Select a number from the call history. By Phone Number: u Input the number manually.

4. When the speed dial is successfully stored, you are asked to create a voice tag for the number. Rotate to select Yes or No, then press .

5. Using the button, follow the prompts to say the name for the speed dial entry.

Speed Dial

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Speed Dial

Avoid using duplicate voice tag. Avoid using home as a voice tag. It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For example, use John Smith instead of John.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 305

To add a voice tag to a stored speed dial number

1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Speed

Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. 4. Rotate to select Store Voice Tag, then

press . 5. Using the button, follow the prompts to

complete the voice tag.

To delete a voice tag 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Speed

Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. 4. Rotate to select Delete Voice Tag,

then press . u You will receive a confirmation message

on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

Continued 305

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

306

Featu res

1Making a Call

Voice-tagged speed dial entries can be dialed by voice from any screen.

Press the button and follow the prompts.

The maximum range between your phone and vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).

Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of the person you are calling through the audio speakers.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 306

To delete a speed dial number 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Speed

Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. 4. Rotate to select Delete Speed Dial,

then press . u You will receive a confirmation message

on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.

Making a Call

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1To make a call using the imported phonebook

This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored speed dial number with a voice tag using voice commands.

2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 288 2 Speed Dial P. 304

1To make a call using a phone number

This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored speed dial number with a voice tag using voice commands.

2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 288 2 Speed Dial P. 304

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 307

To make a call using the imported phonebook

When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook are automatically imported to HFL. 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phonebook, then press

. 3. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.

Rotate to select the initial, then press .

4. Rotate to select a name, then press . 5. Rotate to select a number, then press

. u Dialing starts automatically.

To make a call using a phone number 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Dial, then press . 3. Rotate to select a number, then press

. 4. Rotate to select , then press . u Dialing starts automatically.

Continued 307

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

308

Featu res

1To make a call using the call history

The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or missed calls. (Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)

1To make a call using a speed dial entry

On the Phone screen, the first six speed dials on the list can be directly selected by pressing the corresponding audio preset buttons (1-6).

Select More Speed Dial Lists to view another paired phones speed dial list.

When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag.

2 Speed Dial P. 304

Voice-tagged speed dial entries can be dialed by voice from any screen. Press the button and follow the prompts.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 308

To make a call using redial 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Redial, then press . u Dialing starts automatically.

To make a call using the call history Call history is stored by Dialed Calls, Received Calls, and Missed Calls. 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Call History, then press

. 3. Rotate to select Dialed Calls, Received

Calls, or Missed Calls, then press . 4. Rotate to select a number, then press

. u Dialing starts automatically.

To make a call using a speed dial entry 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press

. 3. Rotate to select a number, then press

. u Dialing starts automatically.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Receiving a Call

Call Waiting Press the button to put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call. Press the button again to return to the current call. Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer it. Press the button if you want to hang up the current call.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 309

When there is an incoming call, an audible notification sounds (if activated) and the Incoming Call screen appears.

Press the button to answer the call. Press the button to decline or end the call.

Receiving a Call

HFL Mode Caller Name

Continued 309

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

310

Featu res

1Options During a Call

Touch Tones: Available on some phones.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 310

The following options are available during a call. Mute: Mute your voice. Transfer Call: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone. Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu- driven phone system.

1. To view the available options, press the PHONE button.

2. Rotate to select the option, then press .

u The check box is checked when Mute is selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.

Options During a Call

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Receiving a Text Message

The system does not display any received messages while you are driving. You can only hear them read aloud.

With some phones, you may be able to display up to 20 most recent text messages.

Only the first three lines of the received message are displayed with this option.

2 Displaying an entire message P. 315

State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text message feature. Only use the text message feature when conditions allow you to do so safely.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 311

HFL can display newly received text messages as well as 20 of the most recently received messages on a compatible linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.

1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new text message.

2. Rotate to select Yes to listen to the message, then press . u The text message is displayed. The

system automatically starts reading out the message.

3. To discontinue the message read-out, press the BACK button.

Receiving a Text Message

Continued 311

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

312

Featu res

1Displaying Messages

The icon appears next to an unread message.

Only the first three lines of the received message are displayed with this option.

2 Displaying an entire message P. 315

If you delete a message on the phone, the message is also deleted in the system. If you send a message from the system, the message goes to your phones outbox.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 312

1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Text Message, then

press .

3. Rotate to select a message, then press .

u The text message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading the message aloud.

Displaying Messages

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Using the stop reading or read option

This option changes to: Stop Reading while the text message is read out.

Select this option to discontinue the message read- out.

Read when you go to the Text Message menu, or after you selected Stop Reading. Select this option to hear the system reading out the selected message.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 313

Using the stop reading or read option 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Text Message, then

press . 3. Rotate to select a message, then press

. u The text message is displayed. The

system automatically starts reading the message aloud.

4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu. 5. Rotate to select Stop Reading or

Read, then press .

Continued 313

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

314

Featu res

1Reply to a message

The available fixed reply messages are as follows: Talk to you later, I'm driving. I am on my way. I'm running late. OK Yes No

You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.

After you reply, the following is displayed:

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 314

Reply to a message You can reply to a message using one of the six common phrases available in the system. 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Text Message, then

press . 3. Rotate to select a message, then press

. u The text message is displayed. The

system automatically starts reading out the message.

4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu. 5. Rotate to select Reply, then press . 6. Rotate to select the reply message, then

press . 7. The reply message you selected is displayed.

Select Yes to send the message.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 315

Making a call to a sender You can call the text message sender. 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select to Text Message, then

press . 3. Rotate to select a message, then press

. u The text message is displayed. The

system automatically starts reading out the message.

4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu. 5. Rotate to select Call, then press . u HFL begins dialing.

Displaying an entire message 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select to Text Message, then

press . 3. Rotate to select a message, then press

. u The text message is displayed. The

system automatically starts reading out the message.

4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu. 5. Rotate to select Display Message,

then press . 6. Rotate to scroll down and display the

entire message.

315

316

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 316

Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

1Using HFL

Place your phone where you can get good reception.

To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-

888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone

compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.

To use HFL, the Bluetooth setting must be in On. 2 Customized Features* P. 263

Voice control tips: Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the

windows, as noise coming from them may interfere with the microphone.

Press the button when you want to call a number using a stored voice tag, a phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and naturally after a beep.

If the microphone picks up voices other than yours, the command may be misinterpreted.

To change the volume level, use the audio systems volume knob or the remote audio controls on the steering wheel.

State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.

If you receive a call while using the audio system, the system resumes its operation an after ending the call.

Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using your vehicles navigation*/audio system, without handling your cell phone.

Using HFL

(Pick-up) button: Press to go to a phone-specific voice command screen or to answer an incoming call.

(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, or to cancel a command. (Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands.

PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen. Interface dial: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press . Move ,

, or to select secondary menu.

HFL Buttons

Models with two displays

Talk Button

Volume up

Microphone

Hang-up/Back Button

Pick-up Button

Volume down

Interface Dial

PHONE Button

* Not available on all models

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuUsing HFL Featu

res

1Using HFL

Bluetooth Wireless Technology The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.

HFL Limitations An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio system when it is playing. It will resume when the call is ended.

1HFL Status Display

The information that appears on the audio/ information screen varies between phone models.

You can change the system language. 2 Customized Features* P. 263

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 317

The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.

Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.

Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion.

2 Speed Dial P. 334

HFL Status Display

Limitations for Manual Operation

Bluetooth Indicator Comes on when your phone is connected to HFL.

Signal Strength

HFL Mode

Battery Level Status

Roam Status

Callers Name

Callers Number

Disabled Option

317* Not available on all models

318

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

1HFL Menus

To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth- compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle is parked.

Some functions are limited while driving. A message appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving and the operation is canceled.

This ce

a paired phone from the system.

phone to the system.

e to the system.

IN Create a security PIN for a paired phone.

Replace a previously paired phone with a new phone.

This ce Delete a previously paired phone.

e to the system.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 318

HFL Menus The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.

Phone Settings screen 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

Models with two displays

Phone Connect Phone

Bluetooth Device List

(Existing entry list)

Replace Devi

Add Bluetooth Device

Disconnect

Connect a

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Disconnect

(Existing entry list)

Pair a phon

Edit P

Delete Devi

Add Bluetooth

Device Pair a phon

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

nput

rom ory

rom ook

iously stored speed dial numbers.

Select a phone number from the call history to store as a speed dial number. Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a speed dial number.

Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.

e

Edit a previously stored speed dial number. Change a number. Create or delete a voice tag.

Delete a previously stored speed dial number.

sfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the

answer an incoming call after about four

tomatically imported when a phone is paired to

n incoming call screen.

tems in the Phone Settings group as default.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 319

Manual I

Edit Speed Dial New Entry

Import f Call Hist

Import f Phoneb

Delete All Delete all the prev

Edit

Delet

(Existing entry list)

Set calls to automatically tran vehicle.

Auto Transfer

Auto Answer

Ring Tone

Set whether to automatically seconds. Select the ring tone.

Use Contact Photo

Set phonebook data to be au HFL. Display a callers picture on a

Automatic Phone Sync

Cancel/Reset all customized iDefault

319Continued

320

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

account.

function on and off.

t comes on the screen when HFL receives a new

utomatically reads out messages, and, if selected,

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 320

Select a mail or text messageText/Email*1

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Select Account

Enable Text/Email Turn the text/e-mail message

New Text/Email Alert Select whether a pop-up aler text/e-mail message.

Message Auto Reading Selects whether the system a whether only when driving.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

e number from the call history to store as a mber. e number from the phonebook to store as a

ber.

number to store as a speed dial number.

s speed dial list.

e speed dial list.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 321

Phone screen 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button to display the

menu items.

Select a phon speed dial nu

Speed Dial*1

Manual Input

New Entry Import from Call History

Import from Phonebook

Select a phon speed dial num

Enter a phone

More Speed Dials Display another paired phone

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

(Existing entry list) Dial the selected number in th

Phonebook*1

Dial*1

Display the paired phones phonebook.

Enter a phone number to dial.

321Continued

322

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

revious message.

ext message.

eads received message aloud, or stop message ng read.

a received message using one of six fixed phrases.

all to the sender.

mail or text message account.

nd missed calls.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 322

Text/Email*1

Message is read aloud.

See the p

(Read/Stop)

Previous

Next See the n

System r from bei

Reply

Call

Reply to

Make a c

Select Account

Select a message and press .

Select a

Redial*1 Redial the last number dialed in the phones history.

Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming a Call History*1

All

Dialed

Received Display the last 20 outgoing calls. Display the last 20 incoming calls.

Missed Display the last 20 missed calls.

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Phone Setup

Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to HFL before you can make and receive hands-free calls.

Phone Pairing Tips: You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is

moving. Up to six phones can be paired. Your phones battery may drain faster when it is

connected to HFL. If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found

by the system within three minutes, the system will time out and returns to idle.

Once you have paired a phone, you can see it displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the right side. These icons indicate the following:

: The phone can be used with HFL. : The phone is compatible with Bluetooth Audio.

When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call history and phonebook automatically imported to HFL.

2 Changing the Automatic Phone Sync setting P. 333

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 323

To pair a cell phone (when there is no phone paired to the system)

1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 3. Make sure your phone is search or

discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a

Bluetooth device. 4. When your phone appears on the list, select

it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear, you can

select Refresh to search again. u If your phone still does not appear, move

to select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink.

5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/ information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen

and your phone match. This may vary by phone.

6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.

Phone Setup

Continued 323

324

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 324

To pair a cell phone (when a phone has already been paired to the system)

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Connect

Phone, then Add Bluetooth device. 3. Make sure your phone is in search or

discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a

Bluetooth device. 4. When your phone appears on the list, select

it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear, you can

select Refresh to search again. u If your phone still does not appear, move

to select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink.

5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/ information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen

and your phone match. This may vary by phone.

6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1To change the pairing code setting

The pairing code may be six or four digits depending on your phone.

The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the setting. To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the current code, then enter a new one.

For a randomly generated pairing code each time you pair a phone, select Random.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 325

To change the pairing code setting 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit

pairing code. 3. Rotate to select Fixed or Random,

then press .

Continued 325

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

326

Featu res

1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone

The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial entries, and security PIN information from the previously paired phone.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 326

To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a paired phone you

want to replace, then press . 4. Rotate to select Replace This Device,

then press . 5. HFL enters the pairing process and searches

a new phone. u Follow the prompts to pair a new phone.

6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 327

To delete a paired phone 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to

delete, then press . 4. Rotate to select Delete This Device,

then press . 5. A confirmation message appears on the

screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.

327Continued

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

328

Featu res

1To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option

To use the text/e-mail message function, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-

888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone

compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.

1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice

On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you receive a new text message. Off: The message you receive is stored in the system without notification.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 328

To turn on or off the text/e-mail message function

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Enable

Text/Email. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.

3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press .

To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select New

Text/Email Alert. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.

3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press .

To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1To set up the auto reading option

On: A text/e-mail message is always read aloud. Off: A text/e-mail message is not read aloud. Auto: A text/e-mail message is read aloud only when driving.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 329

To set up the auto reading option 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Message

Auto Reading. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.

3. Rotate to select On, Off or Auto, then press .

Continued 329

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

330

Featu res

1To Create a Security PIN

If the phone is already security PIN protected, you need to enter the current security PIN before clearing the PIN or creating a new one.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 330

You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to

add a security PIN to, then press . 4. Rotate to select Edit PIN, then press . 5. Enter a new four-digit number.

u

Rotate to select, then press . Move to delete. Rotate to select OK to enter the security PIN.

u

You can also enter a number using the icons.

6. Re-enter the four-digit number. u The screen returns to the screen in step

4.

To Create a Security PIN

Audio/information screen

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Audio/information screen

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 331

If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically transferred to HFL.

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Auto

Transfer. 3. Rotate to select On, then press .

You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Auto

Answer. 3. Rotate to select On, then press .

Automatic Transferring

Auto Answer

331Continued

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

332

Featu res

1Ring Tone

Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker. Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the connected cell phone sounds from the speaker. Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 332

You can change the ring tone setting. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Ring

Tone. 3. Rotate to select Fixed, Mobile Phone

or Off, then press .

You can display a callers picture on an incoming call screen. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Use

Contact Photo. 3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press

.

Ring Tone

Use Contact Photo

Phone settings

All Phone

Auto Transfer Auto Answer Ring Tone Automatic Phone Sy Use Contact Photo

On

Off

Default

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History

When you select a person from the list in the cellular phonebook, you can see up to three category icons. The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored for that name.

On some phones, it may not be possible to import the category icons to HFL.

The phonebook is updated after every connection. Call history is updated after every connection or call.

Preference

Home

Mobile

Work

Pager

Fax

Car

Other

Voice

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 333

When Automatic Phone Sync is set to On:

When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are automatically imported to HFL.

Changing the Automatic Phone Sync setting

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Automatic Phone Sync. 3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press

.

Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History

Continued 333

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

334

Featu res

1Speed Dial

When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag. Say Call and the voice tag name.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 334

Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone. To store a speed dial number: 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press

. u Repeat the procedure to select New

Entry. 4. Rotate to select a place to choose a

number from, then press . From Import from Call History: u Select a number from the call history. From Manual Input: u Input the number manually. From Import from Phonebook: u Select a number from the linked cell

phones imported phonebook. 5. When the speed dial is successfully stored

from Import from Call History or Import from Phonebook, you are asked to create a voice tag for the number. Rotate to select Yes or No, then press .

6. Using the button, follow the prompts to store a voice tag for the speed dial entry.

Speed Dial

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Speed Dial

Avoid using duplicate voice tags. Avoid using home as a voice tag. It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For example, use John Smith instead of John.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 335

To add a voice tag to a stored speed dial number

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit

Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press

. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Record, then press . 5. Using the button, follow the prompts to

complete the voice tag.

Continued 335

336

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 336

To delete a voice tag 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit

Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press

. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Clear, then press . 5. A confirmation message appears on the

screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

To delete a speed dial 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit

Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Delete, then press . 4. A confirmation message appears on the

screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Making a Call

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name, or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.

Press the button and say Call and the voice tag name, Call by name and the phonebook name, or Call and the phone number.

The maximum range between your phone and vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).

Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of the person you are calling through the audio speakers.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 337

You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.

Making a Call

Continued 337

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

338

Featu res

1To make a call using the imported phonebook

This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number, phonebook name, or number using voice commands.

2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 317 2 Speed Dial P. 334

You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM for an alphabetical search.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 338

To make a call using the imported phonebook

1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Phonebook, then

press . 4. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.

Move to Alphabet Search. u You can use the keyboard on the touch

screen for an alphabetical search. 5. Rotate to select a number, then press

. u Dialing starts automatically.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1To make a call using a phone number

You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM to input numbers. Select numbers, then to start dialing.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 339

To make a call using a phone number 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Dial, then press . 4. Rotate to select a number, then press

. 5. Rotate to select , then press . u Dialing starts automatically.

To make a call using redial 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Redial, then press . u Dialing starts automatically.

Continued 339

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

340

Featu res

1To make a call using the call history

The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or missed calls. (Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)

These icons next to the number indicate the following:

: Dialed calls. : Received calls. : Missed calls.

1To make a call using a speed dial entry

Move to select More Speed Dials to view another paired phones speed dial list. You can make a call from that list using the currently connected phone.

When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag.

2 Speed Dial P. 334

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name or number can be dialed by voice from any screen. Press the button and follow the prompts.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 340

To make a call using the call history Call history is stored by All, Dialed, Received, and Missed. 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Call History, then

press . 4. Move or to select All, Dialed,

Received, and Missed. 5. Rotate to select a number, then press

. u Dialing starts automatically.

To make a call using a speed dial entry 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press

. 4. Rotate to select a number, then press

. u Dialing starts automatically.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Receiving a Call

Call Waiting

Press the button to put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call.

Press the button again to return to the current call. Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer it. Press the button if you want to hang up the current call.

You can select the icons on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM instead of the and buttons.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 341

When there is an incoming call, an audible notification sounds (if activated) and the Incoming call screen appears.

Press the button to answer the call. Press the button to decline or end the call.

Receiving a Call

Continued 341

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

342

Featu res

1Options During a Call

Touch Tones: Available on some phones.

You can select the icons on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 342

The following options are available during a call. Mute: Mute your voice. Transfer: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone. Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu- driven phone system.

The available options are shown on the Phone screen. Rotate to select the option, then press . u The mute icon appears when Mute is

selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.

Options During a Call

Mute Icon

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message

The system does not display any received messages while you are driving. You can only hear them read aloud.

With some phones, you may be able to display up to 20 most recent text and e-mail messages.

State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/ e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail message feature when conditions allow you to do so safely.

When you receive a text or e-mail message for the first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are asked to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to On.

2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice P. 328

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 343

HFL can display newly received text and e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.

1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new text or e-mail message.

2. Rotate to select Read to listen to the message, then press . u The text or e-mail message is displayed.

The system automatically starts reading out the message.

3. To discontinue the message read-out, press .

Receiving a Text/E-mail Message

Continued 343

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

344

Featu res

1Selecting a Mail Account

You can also select a mail account from the folder list screen or the message list screen. Move to select Select Account, then press .

You can only receive notifications from one text message or mail account at a time.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 344

If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to be active and receive notifications.

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Select

Account. 3. Rotate to select Text Messages or an

e-mail message account you want, then press .

Selecting a Mail Account

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Displaying Messages

The icon appears next to an unread message.

If you delete a message on the phone, the message will also be deleted from the system. If you send a message from the system, the message goes to your phones outbox.

To see the previous or next message, move or on the text message screen.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 345

Displaying text messages 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press

. u Select account if necessary.

4. Rotate to select a message, then press .

u The text message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading the message aloud.

Displaying Messages

Message List

Text Message

Continued 345

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

346

Featu res

1Displaying e-mail messages

Received text and e-mail messages may appear in the message list screen at the same time. In this case, text messages are titled No subject.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 346

Displaying e-mail messages 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press

. 4. Rotate to select a folder, then press . 5. Rotate to select a message, then press

. u The e-mail message is displayed. The

system automatically starts reading the message aloud.

Folder List

Message List

E-mail Message

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Reply to a message

The available fixed reply messages are as follows: Talk to you later, Im driving. Im on my way. Im running late. OK Yes No

You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.

Only certain phones receive and send messages when paired and connected. For a list of compatible phones: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-

888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone

compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 347

Read or stop reading a message 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts reading

the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 345

2. Press to stop reading. Press again to start reading the message from the beginning.

Reply to a message 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts reading

the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 345

2. Move and rotate to select Reply, then press .

3. Rotate to select the reply message, then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.

4. Select Send to send the message. u Message sent appears on the screen

when the reply message was successfully sent.

Continued 347

348

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 348

Making a call to a sender 1. Go to the text message screen. u The system automatically starts reading

the message aloud. 2 Displaying text messages P. 345

2. Move and rotate to select Call, then press .

* Not available on all m

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 349

Driving

This chapter discusses driving and refueling.

Before Driving................................... 350 Maximum Load Limit........................ 353

Towing a Trailer................................ 355 When Driving

Starting the Engine .......................... 356 Dual Clutch Transmission ................. 362 Shifting............................................ 363 Cruise Control*................................ 367 Front Sensor Camera*...................... 370 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*....... 372 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System* ......................................386

odels

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*....391 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System...............399

Blind spot information (BSI) System*....401 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)... 404 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation ......... 406

Braking Brake System ................................... 408 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 410 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* ..................................... 412

Parking Your Vehicle When Stopped ................................ 421 Cross Traffic Monitor* ..................... 422

Multi-View Rear Camera.................. 425 Refueling

Fuel Information .............................. 427 How to Refuel ................................. 428

Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions.... 429 Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions................................ 429

349

350

D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 350

Before Driving

1Exterior Checks

NOTICE When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force them open, as this can damage the rubber trim around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid further freezing.

Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder. You will be unable to insert the key if the water freezes in the hole.

Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite flammable materials left under the hood, causing a fire. If you've parked your vehicle for an extended period, inspect and remove any debris that may have collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover flammable materials after you or someone else has performed maintenance on your vehicle.

Driving Preparation Check the following items before you start driving.

Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior lights, or other parts of the vehicle. u Remove any frost, snow, or ice. u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of

vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened. u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel

or wheel components. Make sure the hood is securely closed. u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.

Make sure the tires are in good condition. u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear.

2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 462

Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle. u There are blind spots from the inside.

Exterior Checks

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation D

rivin g

1Interior Checks

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the trunk have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 351

Store or secure all items on board properly. u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle's

handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 353

Do not pile items higher than the seat height. u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden

braking. Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor

mat. u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator

pedal operation while driving. If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle. u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.

Securely close and lock all doors and the trunk. 2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 121

Adjust your seating position properly. u Adjust the head restraint, too.

2 Adjusting the Seats P. 151 2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 154

Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving. u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.

2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 149 2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 146

Interior Checks

Continued 351

352

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 352

Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the seats. u They can interfere with the driver's ability to operate the pedals, the operation

of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats. Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.

2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 33

Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the vehicle, and go off soon after. u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.

2 Indicators P. 66

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit D

rivin g

1Maximum Load Limit

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all occupants, all accessories, and all cargo.

2 Specifications P. 524

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.

2 Specifications P. 524

3WARNING Overloading or improper loading can affect handling and stability and cause a crash in which you can be hurt or killed.

Follow all load limits and other loading guidelines in this manual.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 353

Maximum Load Limit The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). See the Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver's doorjamb.

This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit - (1) Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and

cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs. on your vehicle's placard.

(2)Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.

(3)Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.

(4)The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

Label Example

353Continued

354

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 354

(5)Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the drivers doorjamb. Load Limits Example

Example1

Max Load 850 lbs

(385 kg)

Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs (68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)

Cargo Weight 550 lbs

(249 kg)

Example2

Max Load 850 lbs

(385 kg)

Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs (68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)

Cargo Weight 100 lbs (45 kg)

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 355

Towing a Trailer

D

rivin g

Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your warranties.

Towing Your Vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.

2 Emergency Towing P. 522

355

356

D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 356

When Driving

1Starting the Engine

Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when starting the engine.

The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400 meters).

When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights, climate control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce battery drain.

If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold, an engine block heater will improve starting and warming of the engine. Consult a dealer for details.

If exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with the engine or exhaust system.

The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded device is used, the engines fuel system is disabled.

2 Immobilizer System P. 129

Starting the Engine 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

2. Check that the shift lever is in (P , then depress the brake pedal. u Although it is possible to start the vehicle

in (N , it is safer to start it in (P.

Brake Pedal

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine D

rivin g

1Starting the Engine

Bring the keyless access remote close to the ENGINE START/STOP button if the battery in the keyless access remote is weak.

2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 507

The engine may not start if the keyless access remote is subjected to strong radio waves.

Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to start the engine. If the engine does not start, wait at least 30 seconds before trying again.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 357

3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button without depressing the accelerator pedal.

You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped. 1. Put the transmission into (P . 2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.

Stopping the Engine

Continued 357

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

358

D rivin

g

1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*

WARNING: Carbon monoxide gas is toxic and can rapidly accumulate in closed or even partly enclosed areas. Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you. Never use the remote engine starter with the vehicle parked in a garage or other areas with limited ventilation.

If there are buildings and obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced. This distance may vary by external electrical interference. The engine may not start by the remote engine start if: You have disabled a remote engine start setting

using the multi-information display. The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). The transmission is in a position other than (P. The hood is open, or any door or the trunk is

unlocked. You have already used the remote twice to start

the engine. Another registered keyless access remote is in the

vehicle. There is any antenna failure. Door is unlocked with the built-in key.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 358

You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote from extended distances.

To start the engine

The engine runs for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle. To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the button, then press and hold the button. u The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute

extension request was transmitted successfully. After pressing the (lock) button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that the all the doors and the trunk are locked.

Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*

Press the button, then press and hold the button.

Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.

Continues to blink during a vehicle self check until the engine starts.

Go within the range, and try again.

Green LED: Comes on while the engine is running.

Red LED: Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range.

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine D

rivin g

1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*

The engine oil pressure is low. The engine coolant temperature is extremely high. The telematics unit malfunctions. The security system alarm is not set.

Before starting the engine, make sure to check the door lock status using the remote. When you press the button, wait for the green LED to blink. If the red LED turns on, the doors and trunk did not lock, and the engine does not start.

While the engine is running, the vehicle will automatically precondition inside the vehicle. When it is warm outside: The air conditioning is activated in recirculation

mode. When it is cold outside: The defroster is activated at a moderately warm

temperature. The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are

activated. The seat heater is activated*.

2 Seat Heaters* P. 163

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 359

To stop the engine

Press and hold the button for one second.

Go within the range, and try again.

Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.

Red LED: Comes on for one second to let you

know that the engine has stopped.

Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range. The engine will not stop.

Continued 359* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

360

D rivin

g

1Hill Start Assist System

Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and does not operate on small inclines.

Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking brake.

Hill start assist will operate even when VSA is switched off.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 360

1. While depressing the brake pedal, press the ENGINE START/STOP button.

2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that the parking brake indicator has gone off.

3. Put the shift lever in (D . Select (R when reversing. 4. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull

away.

Hill Start Assist System Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.

Move the shift lever to (D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the brake pedal.

Starting to Drive When the engine was started using the two-way keyless access remote*

When the engine was started in any case

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving D

rivin g

1Precautions While Driving

NOTICE Do not operate the shift lever while pressing the accelerator pedal. You could damage the transmission.

NOTICE If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in the full left or right position for a while, the electric power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system goes into a protective mode, and limits its performance. The steering wheel becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the system cools down, the EPS system is restored. Repeated operation under these conditions can eventually damage the system.

If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while driving, the engine will shut down and all steering and brake power assist functions will stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle.

Do not put the shift lever in (N, as you will lose engine braking (and acceleration) performance.

During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation, avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so as to not damage the engine or powertrain.

Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km). You should also follow this when the brake pads are replaced.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 361

Precautions While Driving

Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or driveline, or cause electrical component failure.

If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location. Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.

In Rain

Other Precautions

361

362

uuWhen DrivinguDual Clutch Transmission

D rivin

g

1Precautions While Driving

NOTICE The following can damage the under spoiler: Parking the vehicle by a parking block Parallel parking along the road shoulder Driving towards the bottom of a hill Driving up or down to a different surface level

(such as a road shoulder) Driving on a rutted or bumpy road Driving on a road with potholes.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 362

Dual Clutch Transmission

As with a conventional automatic transmission, this vehicle will creep. Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.

Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.

Creeping

Kickdown

uuWhen DrivinguShifting D

rivin g

1Shift lever positions

You cannot change the power mode from ON to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) unless the shift lever is in (P.

The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in (N while the engine is cold. Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary, apply the parking brake.

When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures (-22F/-30C), there may be a short delay before the shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you are in the correct gear before driving.

NOTICE Upon vehicle startup, you may experience a short delay when shifting out of (P. This delay allows the Multi-View Rear Camera to activate.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 363

Shifting Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.

Shift lever positions

Park Used when parking, before turning off or starting the engine

Reverse Used when reversing

Neutral Transmission is not locked

Drive Used: For normal driving (gears change between 1st

and 8th automatically) When temporarily driving in the sequential mode

Drive (S) Used for: Automatically changing gears between 1st

and 7th (7th gear is used only at high speed) Driving in the sequential mode

Release Button

363Continued

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

364

D rivin

g

1Shift Lever Operation

NOTICE When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed. Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.

Use the shift lever position indicator to check the lever position before pulling away.

Whichever position the shift lever is in when driving, a blinking transmission indicator indicates a transmission problem. Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine speeds in or over the tachometer's red zone (engine speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a slight jolt.

When the engine speed is increased while the shift lever is in (N, (P or (R, the fuel supply may be cut off even without the engine speed entering the tachometers red zone.

It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release button is held down. Depress the brake pedal first.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 364

Shift Lever Operation

Shift Lever Position Indicator (transmission indicator)

Depress the brake pedal and press the shift lever release button to shift.

Shift without pressing the shift lever release button.

Press the shift lever release button and shift.

Tachometers red zone

Gear Position Indicator

M (sequential mode) Indicator

Models without full color display

uuWhen DrivinguShifting D

rivin g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 365

Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 8th gears without releasing your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential shift mode.

When the shift lever is in (D : The vehicle will go into the sequential shift mode momentarily, and the gear position indicator will come on. Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential shift mode will automatically switch off, and the gear position indicator will go off.

Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds to return to normal drive.

When the shift lever is in (S : The vehicle will go into the sequential shift mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator and gear position indicator will come on. At speeds of 2 mph (4 km/h) or less, the vehicle automatically shifts down into 1st gear. It will not automatically shift up, even if vehicle speed increases. If you are in 1st through 6th gears and do not operate the paddle shifters as engine speed increases approaches the tachometer red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear. When switching out of the sequential shift mode, move the shift lever from (S to (D. When the sequential shift mode is canceled, the M indicator and gear position indicator will turn off.

Sequential Shift Mode

365Continued

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

366

D rivin

g

1Sequential Shift Mode Operation

Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear change. To change gears continuously, release the paddle shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.

If the gear position indicator blinks when you try to shift up or down, this means your vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range. Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift down while the indicator is blinking.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 366

Second gear lock mode If you pull the (+ paddle shifter while stopped or driving at 6 mph (10 km/h) or less, the gear position will be locked in 2nd gear. This makes it easier to pull away on slippery surfaces such as snow covered roads.

To cancel the 2nd gear lock mode, pull the (- paddle shifter, or move the shift lever from (S to (D.

Sequential Shift Mode Operation

Downshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a lower gear)

Upshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a higher gear)

Paddle Shifter (Shift down)

Paddle Shifter (Shift up)

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control* D

rivin g

1Cruise Control*

It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed when driving uphill or downhill.

When not using cruise control: Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE button.

3WARNING Improper use of the cruise control can lead to a crash.

Use the cruise control only when traveling on open highways in good weather.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 367

Cruise Control*

Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the accelerator. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can travel at a constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration.

When to use

Shift positions for cruise control: In (D or (S

Always keep sufficient distance between you and the vehicle in front of you.

Vehicle speed for cruise control: Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~

How to use CRUISE MAIN is on in the instrument panel. Cruise control is ready to use.

Press the CRUISE button on the steering wheel.

367Continued* Not available on all models

368

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control*

D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 368

Take your foot off the pedal and press the DECEL/SET button when you reach the desired speed.

The moment you release the DECEL/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.

To Set the Vehicle Speed

On when cruise control begins.

DECEL/SET Button

Press and release

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control* D

rivin g

1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

You can set the vehicle speed using the DECEL/SET button on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with the accelerator and brake pedals.

1To Cancel

Resuming the prior set speed: After cruise control has been canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/ ACCEL button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more.

You cannot set or resume in the following situations: When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h) When the CRUISE button is turned off

At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise control is canceled automatically.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 369

Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/ACCEL or DECEL/SET buttons on the steering wheel.

Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increased or decreased by about 10 mph (16 km/h).

To cancel cruise control, do any of the following: Press the CANCEL button. Press the CRUISE button. Depress the brake pedal. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.

To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

To Cancel

To decrease speed

To increase speed

CRUISE Button

CANCEL Button

369

370

uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera*

D rivin

g

1Front Sensor Camera*

Never apply a film or attach any objects to the windshield, hood, or front grill that could obstruct the cameras field of vision and cause the system to operate abnormally. Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield within the cameras field of vision can cause the system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we recommend that you replace the windshield with a genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even minor repairs within the cameras field of vision or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield may also cause the system to operate abnormally. After replacing the windshield, have a dealer recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the camera is necessary for the system to operate properly.

Do not place an object on the top of the instrument panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent the system from detecting lane lines properly.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 370

Front Sensor Camera*

The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC, and CMBSTM, is designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate its functions.

This camera is located behind the rearview mirror.

To help reduce the likelihood that high interior temperatures will cause the cameras sensing system to shut off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the camera housing. Covering the camera can concentrate heat on it.

Camera Location and Handling Tips

Front Sensor Camera

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera* D

rivin g

1Front Sensor Camera*

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message appears: Use the climate control system to cool down the

interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode with the airflow directed towards the camera.

Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield temperature, which cools down the area around the camera.

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Clean Front Windshield message appears: Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the

windshield. If the message does not disappear after you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 371

371* Not available on all models

372

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*

D rivin

g

1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*

Important Reminder As with any system, there are limits to ACC. Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always keep a safe interval between your vehicle and other vehicles.

Be careful not to severely impact the radar sensor cover.

3WARNING Improper use of ACC can lead to a crash.

Use ACC only when traveling on open highways in good weather.

3WARNING ACC has limited braking capability.

When your vehicle speed drops below 22 mph (35 km/h), ACC will automatically cancel and no longer will apply your vehicles brakes.

Always be prepared to apply the brake pedal when conditions require.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 372

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*

Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator. When ACC slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicles brake lights will illuminate.

When to use

Vehicle speed for adaptive cruise control: Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~

Shift positions for adaptive cruise control: In (D or (S.

The radar sensor is in the front grille.

The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* D

rivin g

1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*

When the MAIN button is pressed, both ACC and the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are either turned on or off.

ACC may not work properly under certain conditions. 2 ACC Conditions and Limitations P. 377

When not using adaptive cruise control: Turn off adaptive cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This also will turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).

Do not use ACC under the following conditions. On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in

continuous stop and go traffic. On roads with sharp turns. On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set

vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such cases, ACC will not apply the brakes to maintain the set speed.

On roads with toll collection facilities or other objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking areas, or facilities with drive through access.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 373

How to activate the system

Press the MAIN button on the steering wheel.

ACC (green) is on in the instrument panel. ACC is ready to use.

Continued 373* Not available on all models

374

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*

D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 374

Take your foot off the pedal and press the DECEL/SET button when you reach the desired speed.

The moment you release the DECEL/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and adaptive cruise control begins. u A vehicle icon and interval bars appear

on the multi-information display.

To Set the Vehicle Speed

On when ACC begins Press and release

DECEL/SET Button

Set Vehicle Speed

Set Vehicle Interval

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* D

rivin g

1When in Operation

If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in front of you, the beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display to alert you to brake. Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate interval from the vehicle ahead.

Even if the interval between your vehicle and the vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC may start accelerating your vehicle under the following circumstances: The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the

same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle. A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster

than your vehicle, gradually increasing the interval between the vehicles.

You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle detected in front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC detecting range. Change the ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep setting.

2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

Beep

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 375

There is a vehicle ahead ACC monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC range. If a vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC system maintains or decelerates your vehicles set speed in order to keep the vehicles set following-interval from the vehicle ahead.

2 To Set or Change Following-interval P. 380

When in Operation

ACC Range: 394 ft. (120 m)

Continued 375

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*

376

D rivin

g

1When in Operation

Limitations You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe interval when using ACC. Additionally, ACC may not work properly under certain conditions.

2 ACC Conditions and Limitations P. 377

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 376

There is no vehicle ahead Your vehicle maintains the set speed without having to keep your foot on the brake or accelerator pedal. If there previously was a vehicle detected ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at the set speed, ACC accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it.

When you depress the accelerator pedal You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or visual alerts even if a vehicle is in ACC range. ACC stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the system resumes the set speed. There are times when the vehicle speed will decrease when the accelerator pedal is lightly applied.

A vehicle icon with dotted-line contour appears on the multi- information display

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* D

rivin g

1ACC Conditions and Limitations

The radar sensor for ACC is shared with the Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM).

2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* P. 412

You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 370

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 377

The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 370

Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).

Vehicle conditions The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The camera temperature gets too high. The parking brake is applied. When the front grille is dirty. The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. When tire chains are installed.

ACC Conditions and Limitations

Continued 377* Not available on all models

378

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*

D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 378

Detection limitations A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. The interval between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is

too short. A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you

at high speed. The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small

vehicle. When there are animals in front of your vehicle. When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult

for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you. The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is

significantly large. An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. When driving through a narrow iron bridge. When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly. When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape. When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* D

rivin g

1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower than your increased set speed, ACC may not accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.

You can set the vehicle speed using the DECEL/SET button on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with the accelerator and brake pedals.

You can switch the displayed set speed measurements on the multi-information display between mph and km/h.

2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 379

Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/ACCEL or DECEL/SET buttons on the steering wheel.

Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.

If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.

To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

To increase speed

To decrease speed

Continued 379

380

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*

D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 380

Press the (interval) button to change the ACC following-interval. Each time you press the button, the following- interval (the interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of you) setting cycles through extra long, long, middle, and short following- intervals.

Determine the most appropriate following- interval setting based on your specific driving conditions. Be sure to adhere to any following-interval requirements set by local regulation.

To Set or Change Following-interval

Interval Button

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* D

rivin g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 381

The higher your vehicles following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your reference.

Following-interval When the Set Speed is:

50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)

Short 84 feet

26 meters 1.1 sec

102 feet 31 meters

1.1 sec

Middle 111 feet

34 meters 1.5 sec

139 feet 43 meters

1.5 sec

Long 155 feet

48 meters 2.1 sec

202 feet 62 meters

2.1 sec

Extra Long

215 feet 66 meters

3.0 sec

285 feet 87 meters

3.0 sec

381Continued

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*

382

D rivin

g

1To Cancel

Resuming the prior set speed: After you have canceled adaptive cruise control, you can resume the prior set speed while it is still displayed. Press the RES/ACCEL button when driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more.

You cannot set or resume when vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h).

The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC has been turned off using the MAIN button. Press the MAIN button to activate the system, then set the desired speed.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 382

To cancel adaptive cruise control, do any of the following: Press the CANCEL button. Press the MAIN button. Depress the brake pedal.

To Cancel

CANCEL Button

MAIN Button

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* D

rivin g

1Automatic cancellation

Even though adaptive cruise control has been automatically canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed. Wait until the condition that caused ACC to cancel improves, then press the RES/ACCEL button.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 383

Automatic cancellation The beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display when ACC is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC cancellation: Your vehicle speed slows down to 22 mph (35 km/h) and below. Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty. The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected. An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding. Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods. Abrupt steering wheel movement. When the ABS, VSA is activated. When the ABS or VSA system indicator comes on. When you manually apply the parking brake. When the detected vehicle within the ACC range is too close to your vehicle. The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including

the windshield, gets dirty.

Continued 383

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*

384

D rivin

g

1To Switch ACC to Cruise Control

Always be aware which mode you are in. When you are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist you to maintain a following-interval from a vehicle ahead of you.

You can switch the displayed set speed measurements on the multi-information display between mph and km/h.

2 Customized Features P. 99

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 384

Press and hold the (interval) button for one second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on the multi-information display for two seconds, and then the mode switches to Cruise. To switch back to ACC, press and hold the button again for one second. ACC Mode Selected appears on the multi-information display for two seconds.

When to use Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~.

Take your foot off the pedal and press the DECEL/SET button when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the DECEL/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.

Each time you press the RES/ACCEL or DECEL/SET button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h). If you keep the RES/ACCEL or DECEL/SET button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.

To Switch ACC to Cruise Control

ACC ON Cruise Control ON

To Set the Vehicle Speed

To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* D

rivin g

1To Cancel

Resuming the prior set speed: After cruise control has been canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/ ACCEL button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more.

You cannot set or resume in the following situations: When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h). When the MAIN button is turned off.

At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise control canceled automatically.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 385

To cancel cruise control, do any of the following: Press the CANCEL button. Press the MAIN button. Depress the brake pedal. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.

To Cancel

385

386

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System*

D rivin

g

1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System*

Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has limitations. Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within your driving lane.

The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM system may not detect all lane markings or lane or roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.

You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 370

The RDM system may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions:

2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 389

There are times when you may not notice RDM functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or road surface conditions.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 386

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System*

Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway altogether.

The front camera behind the rearview mirror monitors left and right lane markings (in white or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close to detected lane markings without a turn signal activated, the system, in addition to a visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts you with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, to help you remain within the detected lane.

As a visual alert, the Lane Departure message appears on the multi-information display.

If the system determines that its steering input is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the roadway, it may apply braking. u Braking is applied only when the lane

markings are solid continuous lines. The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid crossing over detected lane markings.

If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system beeps to alert you.

How the System Works

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System* D

rivin g

1How the System Activates

The RDM system may automatically shut off and the indicator comes and stays on. 2 Indicators P. 77

RDM system function can be impacted when the vehicle is: Not driven within a traffic lane. Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of

a lane. Driven in a narrow lane.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 387

The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the following conditions are met: The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road. The turn signals are off. The brake pedal is not depressed. The wipers are not in continuous operation. The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,

braking or steering.

How the System Activates

Continued 387

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System*

388

D rivin

g

1RDM On and Off

When you have selected Warning Only from the customized options using the multi-information display, the system does not operate the steering wheel and braking.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 388

Press the RDM button to turn the system on and off. u The indicator in the button comes on and

the message appears on the multi- information display when the system is on.

RDM On and Off

RDM Button

Indicator

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System* D

rivin g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 389

The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.

Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the windshield. Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

RDM Conditions and Limitations

389Continued

390

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System*

D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 390

Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road

repairs or old lane markings. The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection

or crosswalk). The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white

lines (or yellow lines). Driving on roads with double lines.

Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet

snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too high. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. When tire chains are installed.

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)* D

rivin g

1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*

Important Safety Reminders The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a substitute for your vehicle control. The system does not work if you take your hands off the steering wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.

2 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages P. 89

Do not place objects on the instrument panel. Objects may reflect on the front windshield and prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes.

The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.

The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.

The LKAS may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions:

2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 397

The LKAS may not function as designed while driving in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with sharp curves.

You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 370

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 391

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*

Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides visual alert if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.

Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.

RDM selected Normal or Wide

Beeps and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.

RDM selected Warning only

When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and resumes after the signals are off. If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts activate, and torque is applied to the steering.

Front Sensor Camera

Monitors the lane lines

391Continued* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*

392

D rivin

g

1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*

When it fails to detect lanes, the system will temporarily be canceled. When lane is detected, system will recover automatically.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 392

Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane. When the vehicle nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become stronger.

When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering wheel vibration as well a warning display.

Lane Keep Support Function

Lane Departure Warning Function

Warning Area

Warning Area

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)* D

rivin g

1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*

If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 393

The system can be used when the following conditions are met. The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and

your vehicle is in the center of the lane. The vehicle speed is between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road. The turn signals are off. The brake pedal is not depressed. The wipers are not in continuous operation.

How to activate the system 1. Press the MAIN button. u The LKAS is on in the multi-information

display. The system is ready to use.

2. Press the LKAS button. u Lane outlines appear on the multi-

information display. The system is activated.

When the System can be Used

MAIN Button

LKAS Button

Continued 393* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*

394

D rivin

g

1To Cancel

Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC on and off.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 394

3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane while driving. u The dotted outer lines change to solid

ones once the system starts operating after detecting the left and right lane markings.

To cancel the LKAS: Press the MAIN or LKAS button.

The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.

To Cancel

MAIN Button

LKAS Button

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)* D

rivin g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 395

The system operation is suspended if you:

Set the wipers to continuous operation. u Turning the wipers off resumes the

LKAS.

Set the wiper switch to AUTO and the wipers operate continuously. u The LKAS resumes when the wipers stop

or operate intermittently.

Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40 mph (64 km/h) or less. u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45

mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the LKAS.

Depress the brake pedal. u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting

the lane lines again once you release the brake pedal.

When the LKAS is suspended, the lane lines on the multi- information display change to contour lines, and the beeper sounds (if activated).

Models with automatic intermittent wipers

All models

395Continued

396

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*

D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 396

The LKAS may automatically be suspended when: The system fails to detect lane lines. The steering wheel is quickly turned. You fail to steer the vehicle. Driving through a sharp curve. Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).

Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.

The LKAS may automatically be canceled when: The camera temperature gets extremely high or low. The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including

the windshield, gets dirty. The ABS or VSA system engages.

The beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled.

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)* D

rivin g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 397

The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:

Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the windshield. Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

LKAS Conditions and Limitations

397Continued

398

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*

D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 398

Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road

repairs or old lane markings. The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection

or crosswalk). The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white

lines (or yellow lines). Driving on roads with double lines.

Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet

snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too high. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System D

rivin g

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

The VSA may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.

When the VSA indicator comes on and stays on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While this may not interfere with normal driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

VSA cannot enhance stability in all driving situations and does not control the entire braking system. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety.

The main function of the VSA system is generally known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The system also includes a traction control function.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 399

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System VSA helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.

When VSA activates, you may notice that the engine does not respond to the accelerator. You may also notice some noise from the hydraulic system. You will also see the indicator blink.

VSA Operation

VSA System Indicator

399Continued

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

400

D rivin

g

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier to free it with the VSA temporarily switched off.

When the button is pressed, the traction control function becomes less effective. This allows for the wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA off if you are not able to free it when the VSA is on.

Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to switch VSA on again. We do not recommend driving your vehicle with the VSA system switched off.

You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 400

This button is on the driver side control panel. To partially disable VSA functionality/ features, press and hold it until you hear a beep.

Your vehicle will have normal braking and cornering ability, but traction control function will be less effective.

To restore VSA functionality/features, press

the (VSA OFF) button until you hear a beep.

VSA is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.

VSA On and Off

VSA OFF Indicator

uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System* D

rivin g

1Blind spot information (BSI) System*

Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, BSI has limitations. Over reliance on BSI may result in a collision.

The BSI alert indicator may not come on under the following conditions: A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more

than two seconds. A vehicle is parked in a side lane. The speed difference between your vehicle and the

vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h).

An object not detected by the radar sensors approaches or passes your vehicle.

A vehicle running in the adjacent lane is a motorcycle or other small vehicle.

3WARNING Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to change lanes before doing so may result in a crash and serious injury or death. Do not rely only on the blind spot information system when changing lanes.

Always look in your mirrors, to either side of your vehicle, and behind you for other vehicles before changing lanes.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 401

Blind spot information (BSI) System*

Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle, particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as blind spots.

When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you change lanes.

How the system works

When your vehicle is moving forward at 20 mph (32 km/h) or more.

Alert zone range A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m) C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)

Radar Sensors: underneath the rear bumper corners

Alert Zone A

B

C

401Continued* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System*

402

D rivin

g

1Blind spot information (BSI) System*

The system is for your convenience only. Even if an object is within the alert zone, the following situations may occur. The BSI alert indicator may not come on due to

obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the BLIND SPOT NOT AVAILABLE multi-information display appearing.

The BSI alert indicator may come on even with the message appearing.

You can change the setting for BSI. 2 Customized Features P. 99, 263

The system is not active when the shift lever is in (R.

BSI may be adversely affected when: Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are

detected. An object that does not reflect radio waves well,

such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone. Driving on a curved road. A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent

lane. The system picks up external electrical interference. The rear bumper or the sensors have been

improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed.

The orientation of the sensors has been changed. In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 402

When the system detects a vehicle BSI Alert Indicator: Located on the outside rearview mirror on both sides.

Comes on when: A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind

to overtake you with a speed difference of no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your vehicle.

You pass a vehicle with a speed difference of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).

Blinks and a beeper sounds when: You move the turn signal lever in the direction of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds three times.

Comes On

Blinks

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System* D

rivin g

1Blind spot information (BSI) System*

For a proper BSI operation: Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with

labels or stickers of any kind. Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear

bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly impacted.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 403

403* Not available on all models

404

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

D rivin

g

1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Conditions such as low ambient temperature and altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on.

2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks P. 518

Tire pressure checked and inflated in: Warm weather can become under-inflated in

colder weather. Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer

weather. The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come on as a result of over inflation.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 404

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Monitors the tire pressure while you are driving. If your vehicle's tire pressure becomes significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on and a message appears on the multi-information display.

Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) D

rivin g

1Tire Pressure Monitor

The pressure displayed on the multi-information display can be slightly different from the actual pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a significant difference between the two values, or if the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message on the multi-information display do not go off after you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure, have the system checked by a dealer.

Tire Pressure Monitor Problem/CHECK TPMS SYSTEM may appear if you drive with the compact spare tire*, or there is a problem with the TPMS.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 405

To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power mode to ON, and press the (information) button until you see the tire pressure screen.

The pressure for each tire is displayed in PSI (U.S.) or kPa (Canada).

Tire Pressures Low/CHECK TIRE PRESSURE is displayed when a tire has significantly low pressure. The specific tire is displayed on the screen.

Tire Pressure Monitor

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

405* Not available on all models

406

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 406

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label.

(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale

when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure.

Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation D

rivin g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 407

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.

TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

407

408

D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 408

Braking

1Parking Brake

NOTICE Release the parking brake fully before driving. The rear brakes and axle can be damaged if you drive with the parking brake applied.

If you start driving without fully releasing the parking brake, a buzzer sounds as a warning, and Release Parking Brake appears on the multi-information display.

Always apply the parking brake when parking.

Brake System

Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parking. To apply: Pull the lever fully up without pressing the release button.

To release: 1. Pull the lever slightly, and press and hold

the release button. 2. Lower the lever down all the way, then

release the button.

Parking Brake

uuBrakinguBrake System D

rivin g

1Foot Brake

Check the brakes after driving through deep water, or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the pedal several times.

If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by high frequency vibration of the brake pads against the rotating brake disc.

Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a lower gear.

Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 409

Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when braking very hard.

2 Brake Assist System P. 411 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 410

Foot Brake

409

410

uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)

D rivin

g

1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

NOTICE The ABS may not function correctly if you use a tire of the wrong size or type.

If the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While normal braking will not be affected, there is a possibility that the ABS will not operate. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

The ABS is not designed for the purpose of reducing the time or distance it takes for a vehicle to stop: It is designed to limit brake lockup which can lead to skidding and loss of steering control.

In the following cases, your vehicle may need more distance to stop than a vehicle without the ABS: You are driving on rough or uneven road surfaces,

such as gravel or snow. The tires are equipped with snow chains.

The following may be observed with the ABS system: Motor sounds coming from the engine

compartment when the brakes are applied, or when system checks are being performed after the engine has been started and while vehicle is accelerates.

Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when ABS activates.

These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS systems and are no cause for concern.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 410

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.

The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.

You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as stomp and steer.

ABS operation The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.

ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on: Wet or snow covered roads. Roads paved with stone. Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc.

When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.

ABS

uuBrakinguBrake Assist System D

rivin g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 411

Brake Assist System Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.

Brake assist system operation Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.

When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.

411

412

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*

D rivin

g

1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*

Important Safety Reminder The CMBSTM is designed to reduce the severity of an unavoidable collision. It does not prevent a collision nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering wheel appropriately according to the driving conditions.

The CMBSTM may not activate or may not detect a vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain conditions:

2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 416

You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 370

Be careful not to severely impact the radar sensor cover.

The camera in the CMBSTM is also designed to detect pedestrians. However, this pedestrian detection feature may not activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of your vehicle under certain conditions.

2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 416

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 412

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*

Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.

How the system works

The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.

The radar sensor is in the front grille.

The CMBSTM activates when: The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian

detected in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a collision.

Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.

The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.

When to use

* Not available on all models

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* D

rivin g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 413

When the system activates

At systems earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/ Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through multi- information display setting options.

2 List of customizable options P. 102, 272

The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops if the collision is avoided. u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change

lanes, etc.)

Beep

Visual Alerts

Audible Alert

413Continued

414

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*

D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 414

The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBSTM may not go through all of the stages before initiating the last stage.

Collision Alert Stages

Distance between vehicles CMBSTM

The sensors detect a vehicle Audible & Visual WARNINGS Braking

Stage one

There is a risk of a collision with the vehicle ahead of you.

When in Long, visual and audible alerts come on at a longer distance from a vehicle ahead than in Normal setting, and in Short, at a shorter distance than in Normal.

Stage two

The risk of a collision has increased, time to respond is reduced.

Visual and audible alerts.

Lightly applied

Stage three

The CMBSTM determines that a collision is unavoidable.

Forcefully applied

Your Vehicle

Vehicle Ahead

Normal ShortLong

Your Vehicle

Vehicle Ahead

Your Vehicle

Vehicle Ahead

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* D

rivin g

1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*

The CMBSTM may automatically shut off, and the CMBSTM indicator will come and stay on under certain conditions:

2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 416

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 415

Press and hold the button until the beeper sounds to switch the system on or off.

When the CMBSTM is off: The CMBSTM indicator in the instrument

panel comes on. A message on the multi-information display

reminds you that the system is off.

The CMBSTM is in the previously selected ON or OFF setting each time you start the engine.

CMBSTM On and Off

Continued 415* Not available on all models

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*

416

D rivin

g

1CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations

Do not paint, or apply any coverings or paint to the radar sensor area. This can impact CMBSTM operation.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message appears too frequently).

If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the following situations, the radar sensor may not work properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer: The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock,

embankment, etc. You drive the vehicle where the water is deep. Your vehicle has a frontal collision.

For the CMBSTM to work properly:

Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.

Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a mild detergent.

If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly impacted, turn off the system by pressing the CMBSTM off button and take your vehicle to a dealer.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 416

The system may automatically shut off and the CMBSTM indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the CMBSTM functions.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 370

Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between objects and the background. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield. Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.

CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations

* Not available on all models

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* D

rivin g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 417

Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). When tire chains are installed. The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. The camera temperature gets too high. Driving with the parking brake applied. When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.

417Continued* Not available on all models

418

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*

D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 418

Detection limitations A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is

too short. When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you

at high speed. The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of

you is significantly large. A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small

vehicle. When there are animals in front of your vehicle. When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for

the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you. An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc. Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. When driving through a narrow iron bridge. When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* D

rivin g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 419

Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by

side. Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrians

shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian. When the pedestrian is slouching or squatting. When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about 7

feet (2 meter) in height. When a pedestrian blends in with the background. When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands or raised or they

are running. When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group. When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an

unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).

Automatic shutoff The CMBSTM may automatically shut itself off and the CMBSTM indicator comes and stays on when: The temperature inside the system is high. You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an

extended period. An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.). The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including

the windshield, gets dirty. Once the conditions that caused CMBSTM to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.

419Continued

420

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*

D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 420

The CMBSTM may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:

When Passing Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.

At an intersection Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.

On a curve When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming vehicle is right in front of you.

Through a low bridge at high speed You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.

Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc. You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when parking, stationary vehicles and walls.

With Little Chance of a Collision

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 421

Parking Your Vehicle

D

rivin g

1Parking Your Vehicle

Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects, such as dry grass, oil, or timber. Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.

1When Stopped

NOTICE The following can damage the transmission: Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals

simultaneously. Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by

depressing the accelerator pedal. Moving the shift lever into (P before the vehicle

stops completely.

In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from moving. If you do not take either precaution, the vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.

When Stopped 1. Depress the brake pedal firmly. 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. 3. Move the shift lever from (D to (P . 4. Turn off the engine.

Always set the parking brake firmly, in particular if you are parked on an incline.

421

422

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor*

D rivin

g

1Cross Traffic Monitor*

3CAUTION Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all approaching vehicles and may not detect an approaching vehicle at all.

Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to back up the vehicle before doing so may result in a collision.

Do not solely rely on the system when reversing; always also use your mirrors, and look behind and to the sides of your vehicle before reversing.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 422

Cross Traffic Monitor*

Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.

The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space.

* Not available on all models

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor* D

rivin g

1Cross Traffic Monitor*

Cross traffic monitor may not detect or may delay alerting an approaching vehicle, or may alert without an approaching vehicle under the following conditions: An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall,

near your vehicles rear bumper, is blocking the radar sensors scope.

Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph (5 km/h) or higher.

A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than between about 6 mph (10 km/h) and 16 mph (25 km/h).

The system picks up external interference such as other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.

Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with snow, ice, mud or dirt.

When there is bad weather. Your vehicle is on an incline. Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear. Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a pole, a

vehicle, and so on. The rear bumper or the sensors have been

improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels or stickers of any kind.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 423

The system activates when: The power mode is in ON. The Cross Traffic Monitor is turned on.

2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 424 2 Customized Features* P. 263

The shift lever is in (R . Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or

lower.

When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning.

The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly behind your vehicle.

The system does not detect or provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your vehicle, and it may detect or alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects.

How the System Works

Radar sensors: Underneath the rear bumper corners

Continued 423* Not available on all models

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor*

424

D rivin

g

1When the System Detects a Vehicle

If the on the lower right changes to in amber when the transmission is in (R, mud snow or ice, etc. may have accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor. Check the bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly clean the area if necessary.

If the comes on in amber when the transmission is in (R, there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

If the display remains the same with the transmission in (R, there may be a problem with the rear camera system and the Cross Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 424

An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the audio/information screen.

You can switch on and off the system using the audio/information screen.

2 Customized Features* P. 263

When the System Detects a Vehicle

Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off

Wide View Top Down View

Arrow Icon

Normal View

Icon

* Not available on all models

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 425

Multi-View Rear Camera

D

rivin g

1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera

The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects appear closer or farther than they actually are.

Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do not rely on the rearview display which does not give you all information about conditions at the back of your vehicle.

If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.

You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic Guideline settings.

2 Customized Features* P. 263

Fixed Guideline On: Guidelines appear when you put the transmission into (R. Off: Guidelines do not appear. Dynamic Guideline On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel direction. Off: Guidelines do not move.

About Your Multi-View Rear Camera

See the Navigation System Manual.

The audio/information screen can display your vehicles rear view. The display automatically changes to the rear view when the transmission is put into (R .

Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area

Models with navigation system

Models without navigation system

Top Down View Mode

Normal View Mode

Wide View Mode

Guidelines

Bumper

Camera

Approx. 39 inches (1 m) Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)

Approx. 39 inches (1 m)

Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)

425Continued* Not available on all models

426

uuMulti-View Rear CamerauAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera

D rivin

g

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 426

You can view three different camera modes on the rearview display. Press the selector knob to switch the mode.

: Wide view mode : Normal view mode : Top down view mode

If the last used viewing mode was Wide or Normal view mode, the same mode is selected the next time you put the transmission into (R .

If Top down view mode was last used before you turned the power mode to OFF, Wide View mode is selected next time you set the power mode to ON and put the transmission into (R .

If Top down view mode was last used more than 10 seconds after you change from (R , Wide View mode is selected the next time you put the transmission into (R .

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 427

Refueling

D

rivin g

1Fuel Information

NOTICE We recommend quality gasoline containing detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain good performance, fuel economy, and emissions control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is available.

Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely affect performance, and cause the malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on. If this happens, contact a dealer for service. Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol. If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try another service station or switch to another brand of gasoline.

Fuel Information Fuel recommendation

Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.

Top tier detergent gasoline Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura endorses the use of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline where available to help maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive manufacturers to meet the needs of todays advanced engines.

Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline standards at the retail location. This fuel is guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission control system.

For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com. In Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.

Fuel tank capacity: 13.2 US gal (50 liters)

Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher

427

428

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

D rivin

g

1How to Refuel

If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is not full, there may be a problem with the pumps fuel vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.

Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed the full tank capacity.

The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result of changes in air temperature.

3WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel.

Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flame away.

Handle fuel only outdoors. Wipe up spills immediately.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 428

How to Refuel 1. Stop your vehicle with the service station

pump on the left side of the vehicle in the rear.

2. Turn off the engine. 3. Push on the fuel fill door release handle at

the foot of the drivers seat. u The fuel fill door opens.

4. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a release of air, wait until this stops, then turn the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap.

5. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder. 6. Insert the filler nozzle fully. u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will

click off automatically. This leaves space in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands with a change in the temperature.

7. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap, tightening it until you hear it click at least once. u Shut the fuel fill door by hand.

Push

Cap

Cap

Holder

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 429

Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions

D

rivin g

1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions

Direct calculation is the recommended method to determine actual fuel consumed while driving.

In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are established following a simulated test. For more information on how this test is performed, please visit http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/

Miles driven Gallons of fuel

Miles per Gallon

100 L per 100 kmKilometers driven

Liters of fuel

Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO2 emissions is dependent on several factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle.

You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle. Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the multi-information display. Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal. Maintain the specified tire pressure. Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo. Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle's underside

adds weight and increases wind resistance.

Maintenance and Fuel Economy

429

430

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 430

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 431

Maintenance

This chapter discusses basic maintenance.

Before Performing Maintenance Inspection and Maintenance ............ 432 Safety When Performing Maintenance..433 Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service ........................................... 434

Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 435 Maintenance Under the Hood

Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 440 Opening the Hood ........................... 441 Recommended Engine Oil ................ 442 Oil Check......................................... 443 Adding Engine Oil ............................ 444 Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter ...445

Engine Coolant ................................ 447 Transmission Fluid............................ 449 Brake Fluid....................................... 450 Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 450

Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 451 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades .......................................... 460

Checking and Maintaining Tires Checking Tires ................................. 462 Tire and Loading Information Label .. 463 Tire Labeling .................................... 463 DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)..465 Wear Indicators................................ 467

Tire Service Life................................ 467 Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 468 Tire Rotation.................................... 469 Winter Tires ..................................... 470

Battery............................................... 471 Remote Transmitter Care

Replacing the Button Battery ........... 472 Climate Control System Maintenance ..474 Cleaning

Interior Care .................................... 475 Exterior Care.................................... 478

Accessories and Modifications ........ 481

431

432

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 432

Before Performing Maintenance

1Inspection and Maintenance

Maintenance, replacement, or repair of emissions control devices and systems may be done by any automotive repair establishment or individuals using parts that are certified to EPA standards.

According to state and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on the maintenance main items marked with # will not void your emissions warranties. However, all maintenance services should be performed in accordance with the intervals indicated by the multi-information display (MID).

2 Maintenance Service Items P. 438

If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a subscription to the Service Express website at www.techinfo.honda.com.

2 Authorized Manuals P. 533

If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first. After performing maintenance, update the records in the separate maintenance booklet.

U.S. models

Inspection and Maintenance For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. (Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and inspection information.

Daily inspections Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when refueling.

Periodic inspections Check the brake fluid level monthly.

2 Brake Fluid P. 450

Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects. 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 462

Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly. 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 451

Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months. 2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 460

Types of Inspection and Maintenance

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance M

ain ten

an ce

1Safety When Performing Maintenance

3WARNING Improperly maintaining this vehicle or failing to correct a problem before driving can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the inspection and maintenance recommendations according to the schedules in this owner's manual.

3WARNING Failure to properly follow maintenance instructions and precautions can cause you to be seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the procedures and precautions in this owner's manual.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 433

Safety When Performing Maintenance Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether you should perform a given task.

To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames away from the battery and all fuel related parts.

Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood. u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them, causing a fire.

To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not gasoline.

Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or compressed air.

Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you. u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.

The vehicle must be in a stationary condition. u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and

the engine is off. Be aware that hot parts can burn you. u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before

touching vehicle parts. Be aware that moving parts can injure you. u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away

from moving parts.

Maintenance Safety

Vehicle Safety

433

434

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 434

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same high quality standards used in Acura vehicles.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 435

Maintenance MinderTM

M

ain ten

an ce

If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages appear on the multi-information display every time you set the power mode to ON. The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.

435

436

uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

M ain

ten an

ce

1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information

Based on the engine operating conditions, the remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed as a percentage.

There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you can view on the multi-information display.

2 Maintenance Service Items P. 438

Displayed Engine Oil Life (%)

Calculated Engine Oil Life (%)

100 100 to 91 90 90 to 81 80 80 to 71 70 70 to 61 60 60 to 51 50 50 to 41 40 40 to 31 30 30 to 21 20 20 to 16 15 15 to 11 10 10 to 6 5 5 to 1 0 0

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 436

To Use Maintenance MinderTM

Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the engine oil, appear on the multi-information display. You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time. 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Press the button repeatedly until the engine oil life appears on the multi-

information display.

Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information

Button

Remaining Engine Oil Life

Maintenance Service Items

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM M

ain ten

an ce

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 437

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.

Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information Display

Maintenance Message*1 Oil Life Display*1 Explanation Information

Maintenance Due Soon/ SERVICE DUE SOON

15 % The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6 percent. Once you switch the display by pressing the (information) button, this message will go off.

The engine oil is approaching the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced soon.

Maintenance Due Now/ SERVICE DUE NOW

5 % The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1 percent. Press the button to switch to another display.

The engine oil has almost reached the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced as soon as possible.

Maintenance Past Due/ SERVICE PAST DUE

Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has passed its service life, and a negative distance appears after driving over 10 miles (U.S. models) or 10 km (Canadian models). Press the

button to switch to another display.

The engine oil life has passed. The maintenance items must be inspected and serviced immediately.

437Continued

438

uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

M ain

ten an

ce

1Maintenance Service Items

Independent of the Maintenance Minder information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.

Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if they are noisy.

onditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). us areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperature. ssion fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance rly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed 00 km), then every 30,000 miles (48,000 km).

Maintenance Sub Items te tires ace air cleaner element*2

ace dust and pollen filter*3

ect drive belt ace transmission fluid*4

ace spark plugs ect valve clearance ace engine coolant

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 438

Maintenance Service Items

Maintenance Minder Message System Message Indicator

Sub Items

Main Item Main Item

Sub Items*1: Models with full color display *2: Models without full color display

*1 *2

*1: If a message SERVICE does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every year.

# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.

CODE Maintenance Main Items A Replace engine oil*1

B Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter Inspect front and rear brakes Check parking brake adjustment Check expiry date for tire repair kit bottle (If

equipped) Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots Inspect suspension components Inspect driveshaft boots Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA) Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids Inspect exhaust system#

Inspect fuel lines and connections#

*2: If you drive in dusty c *3: If you drive primarily

from diesel-powered *4: Driving in mountaino

This requires transmi Minder. If you regula at 40,000 miles (64,0

CODE 1 Rota 2 Repl

Repl Insp

3 Repl 4 Repl

Insp 5 Repl

uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM M

ain ten

an ce

1Resetting the Display

NOTICE Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance service results in the system showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious mechanical problems.

The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after completing the required maintenance service. If someone other than a dealer performs maintenance service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.

You can reset the engine oil life display using the audio/information screen.

2 Customized Features* P. 263

Models with two displays

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 439

Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.

1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Go to the Maintenance Info group.

2 Customized Features P. 99

3. Press the SEL/RESET button. u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the multi-information display.

4. Select RESET with the button, then press the SEL/RESET button. u The displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display

returns to 100%. To cancel the oil life reset mode, select CANCEL, then press the SEL/RESET button.

Resetting the Display

Engine Oil Life

Maintenance Item Codes

SEL/RESET Button

Button

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

Maintenance Item Codes

Engine Oil Life

439* Not available on all models

440

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 440

Maintenance Under the Hood

Maintenance Items Under the Hood

Brake Fluid (Black Cap)

Washer Fluid (Blue Cap)

Engine Oil Dipstick (Orange)

Engine Oil Fill Cap

Battery

Engine Coolant Reserve Tank Cap

Radiator Cap

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood M

ain ten

an ce

1Opening the Hood

NOTICE Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are raised: The hood will strike the wipers, resulting in possible damage to the hood and/or the wipers.

When closing the hood, check that the hood is securely latched.

If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 441

Opening the Hood 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set

the parking brake. 2. Pull the hood release handle under the

drivers side lower corner of the dashboard. u The hood will pop up slightly.

3. Push the hood latch lever (located under the front edge of the hood to the center) to the side and raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you can release the lever.

4. Remove the support rod from the clamp using the grip. Mount the support rod in the hood.

When closing, remove the support rod, and stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the hood. Remove your hand at a height of approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the hood close.

Pull

Hood Release Handle

Lever

Support Rod

Grip

Clamp

441

442

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil

M ain

ten an

ce

1Recommended Engine Oil

Engine Oil Additives Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact, they may adversely affect the engine performance and durability.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 442

Recommended Engine Oil

Oil is a major contributor to your engine's performance and longevity. If you drive the vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil, the engine may fail or be damaged.

This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving and that it meets the American Petroleum Institutes latest requirements.

Use a Genuine Acura Motor Oil or another commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for the ambient temperature as shown.

Synthetic oil You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal and is the specified viscosity grade.

Genuine Acura Motor Oil Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the

container.

Ambient Temperature

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check M

ain ten

an ce

1Oil Check

If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly add oil, being careful not to overfill.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 443

Oil Check We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel. Park the vehicle on level ground. Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the oil.

1. Remove the dipstick (orange). 2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or

paper towel. 3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its

hole.

4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the level. It should be between the upper and lower marks. Add oil if necessary.

Upper Mark

Lower Mark

443

444

uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil

M ain

ten an

ce

1Adding Engine Oil

NOTICE Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark. Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and engine damage.

If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil may damage the engine compartment components.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 444

Adding Engine Oil 1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap. 2. Add oil slowly. 3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten

it securely. 4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the

engine oil dipstick.

Engine Oil Fill Cap

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter M

ain ten

an ce

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

NOTICE You may damage the environment if you do not dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away into a garbage can or onto the ground.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 445

Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the engine's lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.

Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multi- information display.

1. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature, and then turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil fill cap.

3. Remove the screws on the undercarriage and remove the under cover.

4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from the bottom of the engine, and drain the oil into a suitable container.

Under Cover Screw

Drain Bolt

Washer

445Continued

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

446

M ain

ten an

ce

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

You will need a special wrench to replace the oil filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.

When installing the new oil filter, follow the instructions supplied with the oil filter.

Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The low oil pressure indicator should go off within five seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check your work.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 446

5. Remove the screws and remove the rid. 6. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the

remaining oil. 7. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to

the engine contact surface. u If it is stuck, you must detach it.

8. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the contact surface of the engine block, and install a new oil filter. u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to

the filter gasket. 9. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then

reinstall the drain bolt. u Tightening torque:

30 lbfft (40 Nm, 4.0 kgfm) 10. Pour the recommended engine oil into the

engine. u Engine oil change capacity (including

filter): 4.6 US qt (4.4 L)

11. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and start the engine.

12. Run the engine for a few minutes, and then check that there is no leak from the drain bolt or oil filter.

13. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes, and then check the oil level on the dipstick. u If necessary, add more engine oil.

Screw

Rid

Oil Filter

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant M

ain ten

an ce

1Engine Coolant

NOTICE Genuine Acura engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at temperatures as low as about -31F (-35C). If your vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for details.

If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality coolant recommended for aluminum engines. Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.

Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your vehicles cooling system. They may not be compatible with the coolant or with the engine components.

3WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 447

Engine Coolant

This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any straight antifreeze or water.

We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.

1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool.

2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve tank. u If the coolant level is below the MIN

mark, add the specified coolant until it reaches the MAX mark.

3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.

Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2

Reserve Tank

Reserve Tank

MAX

MIN

447Continued

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant

448

M ain

ten an

ce

1Radiator

NOTICE Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can damage components in the engine compartment.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 448

1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool.

2. Turn the radiator cap 1/8 turn counter- clockwise and relieve any pressure in the cooling system.

3. Push down and turn the radiator cap counterclockwise to remove it.

4. The coolant level should be up to the base of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.

5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it fully.

Radiator

Radiator Cap

uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid M

ain ten

an ce

1Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid

NOTICE Do not mix Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0 with other transmission fluids. Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0 may adversely affect the operation and durability of your vehicles transmission, and damage the transmission. Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that is not equivalent to Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0 is not covered by Acuras new vehicle limited warranty.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 449

Transmission Fluid

Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.

Do not attempt to check or change the dual clutch transmission fluid yourself.

Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid

Specified fluid: Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 2.0

449

450

uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid

M ain

ten an

ce

1Brake Fluid

NOTICE Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your vehicle's braking system and can cause extensive damage.

If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed container as a temporary replacement.

Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.

If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark, have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn brake pads as soon as possible.

1Refilling Window Washer Fluid

NOTICE Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water solution in the windshield washer reservoir. Antifreeze can damage your vehicle's paint. A vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield washer pump. Use only commercially available windshield washer fluid. Avoid prolonged use of hard water to prevent lime scale build up.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 450

Brake Fluid

The fluid level should be between the MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reserve tank.

Refilling Window Washer Fluid

Check the amount of window washer fluid by looking at the reservoir. If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.

If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the multi-information display.

Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.

Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

Checking the Brake Fluid

MIN

MAX

Brake Reserve Tank

U.S. models

Canadian models

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 451

Replacing Light Bulbs

M

ain ten

an ce

1Headlights

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.

1Fog Light Bulbs*

NOTICE Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to overheat and shatter.

When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its plastic case, and protect the glass from contact with your skin or hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.

Headlights Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Fog Light Bulbs*

When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Remove the screw using a Phillips-head screwdriver. u The screw does not drop.

Fog Light: 55 W (H11 for halogen bulb Type)

Dropping prevention

451Continued* Not available on all models

452

uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs*

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 452

2. Insert a flat-tip screwdriver into the tab at the inside edge of the cover, then pull straight out as indicated to remove the cover.

3. Remove the screws using a Phillips-head screwdriver and carefully pull the fog light assembly out of the bumper.

4. Push the tab to remove the coupler. 5. Rotate the old bulb counter-clockwise to

remove. 6. Insert a new bulb into the fog light

assembly and turn it clockwise. 7. Insert the coupler into the connector of the

bulb.

Cover

Screws

Coupler

Bulb

Tab

uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal Lights M

ain ten

an ce

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 453

Front Turn Signal Lights Front turn signal lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Parking/Daytime Running Lights Parking/daytime running lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

453

454

uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Side Marker Light Bulbs

M ain

ten an

ce

1Front Side Marker Light Bulbs

Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the center pin to remove the clip.

Insert the clip with the center pin raised, and push until it is flat.

Holding clip (A-type)

Center Pin

Push until the pin is flat

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 454

Front Side Marker Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Turn the steering wheel all the way to the opposite side from the light being replaced. Passenger side: Turn the steering wheel counter-clockwise. Driver side: Turn the steering wheel clockwise.

2. Remove the holding clips (A), (B) and screw, pull the inner fender back.

3. Push the tab to remove the coupler.

Front Side Marker Light: 3 CP

Screw

Inner Fender

Clip (B)

Clips (A)

Coupler

Tab

uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Side Marker Light Bulbs M

ain ten

an ce

1Front Side Marker Light Bulbs

When removing the clip, insert a flat-tip screwdriver, then lift and remove the clip.

Insert the clip with the pin raised, and push until it is flat.

Holding clip (B-type)

Clip

Push until the pin is flat.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 455

4. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and remove it.

5. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb. 6. Insert the coupler into the connector of the

bulb.

Bulb

Socket

455

456

uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Lights/Taillights/Rear Side Marker Lights

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 456

Brake Lights/Taillights/Rear Side Marker Lights Brake lights/taillights/rear side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Pry on the edge of the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver to remove the cover. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth

to prevent scratches.

2. Remove the mounting bolts. 3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.

Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W (Amber)

Cover

Bolts

uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear Turn Signal Light Bulbs M

ain ten

an ce

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 457

4. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and remove it. Remove the old bulb.

5. Insert a new bulb.

6. Reinstall the light assembly by sliding it on to the guide on the body.

Socket

Bulb

Guide

457

458

uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Light Bulbs

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 458

Back-Up Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Remove the holding clips using a flat-tip screwdriver, then pull the lining back.

2. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and remove it.

3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.

Back-Up Light: 16 W

Clips

Socket

Bulb

uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light Bulbs M

ain ten

an ce

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 459

Rear License Plate Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Remove the screw from the center of the fastener using a Phillips-head screwdriver.

2. Remove the holding clips using a flat-tip screwdriver, then pull the lining back.

3. Remove the license plate light assembly by squeezing the tabs on both sides of the socket.

4. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.

High-Mount Brake Light High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Rear License Plate Light: 5 W

Fastener

Lining

Clip

Socket

Bulb

459

460

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 460

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades

1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber

NOTICE Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windshield, it may damage the wiper arm and/or the windshield.

Checking Wiper Blades If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces of the blade may scratch the window glass.

Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber 1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the

passenger side.

2. Pry on the edge of the lock tab using a flat- tip screwdriver to push it up. Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth to prevent scratches.

3. Slide the holder off the wiper arm.

Lock Tab

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber M

ain ten

an ce

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 461

4. Slide the wiper blade out of holder by pulling the tabbed end out.

5. Remove the retainers from the wiper blade that has been removed, and mount to a new wiper blade. u Correctly align the wiper blade

protrusion and the retainer grooves. 6. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder

from the bottom end. 7. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm, then

push down the lock tab. 8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,

then the driver side.

Blade

Retainer

Blade

461

462

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 462

Checking and Maintaining Tires

1Checking Tires

Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This means the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If necessary, add or release air until the specified pressure is reached.

If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as 46 psi (3040 kPa, 0.30.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if checked when cold.

Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent vibration while driving. New tires and any that have been removed and reinstalled should be properly balanced.

Check the spare tire pressure once a month or before long trips.

3WARNING Using tires that are excessively worn or improperly inflated can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding tire inflation and maintenance.

Vehicles with optional spare tire

Checking Tires To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.

Inflation guidelines Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort. Refer to the drivers doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure.

Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and are more likely to fail from overheating.

Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards, and wear unevenly.

Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.

At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 12 psi (1020 kPa, 0.10.2 kgf/cm2) per month.

Inspection guidelines Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems. Look for: Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,

splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord. Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks. Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment. Excessive tread wear.

2 Wear Indicators P. 467

Cracks or other damage around valve stem.

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label M

ain ten

an ce

1Tire and Loading Information Label

The tire and loading information label attached to the drivers doorjamb contains: a The number of people your vehicle can carry. b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not

exceed this weight. c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare. d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and

spare.

1Tire Sizes

Following is an example of tire size with an explanation of what each component means. P215/45R17 87V P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle). 215: Tire width in millimeters. 45: Aspect ratio (the tires section height as a percentage of its width). R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial). 17: Rim diameter in inches. 87: Load index (a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry). V: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the maximum speed rating).

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 463

Tire and Loading Information Label The label attached to the drivers doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading information.

Tire Labeling The tires that came on your vehicle have a number of markings. Those you should be aware of are described below.

Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.

Label Example

Example Tire Size Tire Identification Number (TIN)

Maximum Tire Load

Maximum Tire Pressure

Tire Size

Tire Sizes

463Continued

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling

464

M ain

ten an

ce

1Tire Identification Number (TIN)

DOT B97R FW6X 2209 DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation. B97R: Manufacturer's identification mark. FW6X: Tire type code. 22 09: Date of manufacture.

Year Week

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 464

The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.

Cold Tire Pressure The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). Load Rating Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure. Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can hold. Maximum Load Rating Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire. Recommended Inflation Pressure The cold tire inflation pressure recommended by the manufacturer. Treadwear Indicators (TWI) Means the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.

Tire Identification Number (TIN)

Glossary of Tire Terminology

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) M

ain ten

an ce

1Uniform Tire Quality Grading

For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

All passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 465

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction, and temperature performance according to Department of Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these gradings.

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.

The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

Uniform Tire Quality Grading

Treadwear

465Continued

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

466

M ain

ten an

ce

1Traction

Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

1Temperature

Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 466

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

Traction

Temperature

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators M

ain ten

an ce

1Checking Tires

High speed driving We recommend that you do not drive faster than the posted speed limits and conditions allow. If you drive at sustained high speeds (over 99 mph or 160 km/h), adjust the cold tire pressures as shown below to avoid excessive heat build up and sudden tire failure.

*1: Vehicle with 18 inch tires *2: Vehicle with 17 inch tires

Tire Size 225/40R18 92V*1

P215/45R17 87V*2

Pressure Front 38 psi (260 kPa, 2.6 kgf/cm2) Rear 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2)

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 467

Wear Indicators The groove where the wear indicator is located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire. Worn out tires have poor traction on wet roads.

Tire Service Life The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).

In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10 years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.

Example of a Wear Indicator mark

467

468

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement

M ain

ten an

ce

1Tire and Wheel Replacement

3WARNING Installing improper tires on your vehicle can affect handling and stability. This can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Always use the size and type of tires recommended in this owners manual.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 468

Tire and Wheel Replacement Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tires sidewall). Using tires of a different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS and Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) system to work incorrectly.

It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isnt possible, replace the front or rear tires in pairs.

If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle. Make sure that the wheels specifications match those of the original wheels.

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation M

ain ten

an ce

1Tire Rotation

Tires with directional tread patterns should only be rotated front to back (not from one side to the other). Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation indication mark facing forward, as shown below.

Front

Direction Mark

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 469

Tire Rotation Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the multi-information display helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.

Tires without rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here.

Tires with rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here.

Front

Front

469

470

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires

M ain

ten an

ce

1Winter Tires

NOTICE Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are hitting any part of the vehicle.

When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain manufacturer's instructions regarding vehicle operational limits.

If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be aware that these tires are not designed for winter driving conditions. For more information, contact a dealer.

3WARNING Using the wrong chains, or not properly installing chains, can damage the brake lines and cause a crash in which you can be seriously injured or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owner's manual regarding the selection and use of tire chains.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 470

Winter Tires If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when driving.

Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent skidding.

Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.

When mounting, refer to the following points.

For winter tires: Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires. Mount the tires to all four wheels. For tire chains: Install them on the front tires only. Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the

chains listed below:

Follow the chain manufacturer's instruction when installing. Mount them as tightly as you can.

Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension. Drive slowly.

Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1032

Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1036

Models with P215/45R17 87V tires

Models with 225/40R18 92V tires

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 471

Battery

M

ain ten

an ce

1Battery

WARNING: Battery post, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your hands after handling.

When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals by applying a baking powder and water solution. Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help prevent future corrosion.

When replacing the battery, the replacement must be of the same specifications. Consult a dealer for more information.

3WARNING The battery gives off explosive hydrogen gas during normal operation.

A spark or flame can cause the battery to explode with enough force to kill or seriously hurt you.

When conducting any battery maintenance, wear protective clothing and a face shield, or have a skilled technician do it.

Checking the Battery The condition of the battery is monitored by a sensor located on the negative terminal of the battery. If there is a problem with this sensor, the multi-information display will display a warning message. If this happens, have you vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Check the battery terminals for corrosion monthly.

If your vehicles battery is disconnected or goes dead: The audio system is disabled.

2 Reactivating the audio system P. 173

The clock resets. 2 Clock P. 110

The navigation system* is disabled. 2 Refer to the navigation system manual

Charging the Battery Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle's electrical system. Always disconnect the negative () cable first, and reconnect it last.

Battery

471* Not available on all models

472

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 472

Remote Transmitter Care

1Replacing the Button Battery

NOTICE An improperly disposed of battery can damage the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal.

Replacement batteries are commercially available or at a dealer.

3WARNING CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD The battery that powers the remote transmitter can cause severe internal burns and can even lead to death if swallowed. Keep new and used batteries away from children. If you suspect that a child has swallowed the battery, seek medical attention immediately.

Replacing the Button Battery

If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.

1. Remove the built-in key.

2. Remove the upper half of the cover by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Remove carefully to avoid losing the

buttons. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent

scratching the keyless access remote. 3. Make sure to replace the battery with the

correct polarity.

Models without remote control engine start system

Battery type: CR2032

Battery

uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery M

ain ten

an ce

1Replacing the Button Battery

NOTICE The Remote transmitter is equipped with two batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin button battery and an integral non-replaceable rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032 battery every three to four years.

Models with remote control engine start system

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 473

If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.

1. Remove the built-in key. u As a convenience, lightly place masking

tape over the remote buttons to hold them in place.

2. Remove the upper half of the cover by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent

scratching the transmitter. 3. Press down on the center of the assembly

and remove the battery. u When removing the button battery, be

careful not to touch parts around it. 4. Make sure to replace the battery with the

correct polarity.

Models with remote control engine start system

Battery type: CR2032

Battery

473

474

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 474

Climate Control System Maintenance

1Dust and Pollen Filter

If the airflow from the climate control system deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please contact a dealer for replacement.

Dust and Pollen Filter The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance MinderTM messages will let you know when to replace the filter.

We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 475

Cleaning

M

ain ten

an ce

1Interior Care

Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are splashed on them.

Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside the vehicle. If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on electrical devices, consult a dealer.

Depending on their composition, chemicals and liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles, and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles. Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as benzene or gasoline.

After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them away using a dry cloth. Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts or textiles for long periods of time without washing.

Interior Care Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt. Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.

Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts. Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.

Cleaning Seat Belts

Opening

475Continued

uuCleaninguInterior Care

476

M ain

ten an

ce

1Cleaning the Window

Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window. Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a soft cloth so as not to damage them.

Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass cleaner, on or around the cover of both the front sensor camera and the rainfall/light* sensor.

2 Automatic Lighting Control P. 140 2 Automatic Intermittent Wipers* P. 144 2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 370

Models with front sensor camera

1Floor Mats

If you use any floor mats that were not originally provided with your vehicle, make sure they are designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and are securely anchored by the floor anchors. Position the rear seat floor mat properly. If they are not properly positioned, the floor mat can interfere with the front seat functions.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 476

Wipe using a glass cleaner.

The front and rear floor mats hook over floor anchors, which keep them from sliding forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the unlock position. When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock position.

Do not put additional floor mats on top of the anchored mats.

Cleaning the Window

Floor Mats

Unlock

Lock

* Not available on all models

uuCleaninguInterior Care M

ain ten

an ce

1Maintaining Genuine Leather

It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the leather. In addition, please note that some dark colored clothing can rub onto the leather seats resulting in discoloration or stains.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 477

To properly clean leather: 1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust. 2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90%

water and 10% neutral soap. 3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth. 4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade.

Maintaining Genuine Leather

477

478

uuCleaninguExterior Care

M ain

ten an

ce

1Washing the Vehicle

Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can cause a malfunction.

Air Intake Vents

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 478

Exterior Care Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.

Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following conditions: If driving on roads with road salt. If driving in coastal areas. If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.

Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash. Fold in the door mirrors. For models equipped with automatic intermittent wipers, turn the wipers off.

Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body. Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to

enter the vehicle interior. Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,

use low pressure water and a mild detergent.

Washing the Vehicle

Using an Automated Car Wash

Using High Pressure Cleaners

uuCleaninguExterior Care M

ain ten

an ce

1Applying Wax

NOTICE Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe away spills immediately.

1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts

Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when you want to repair the painted surface of the parts made of resin.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 479

A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicles paint from the elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicles paint to the elements, so reapply as necessary.

If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and clean water.

Wipe using a glass cleaner.

Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish on aluminum alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion. Depending on the type of finish, the wheels also may lose their luster or appear burnished. To avoid water stains, wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still wet.

Applying Wax

Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts

Cleaning the Window

Maintaining Aluminum Wheels

Continued 479

480

uuCleaninguExterior Care

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 480

The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash. Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights. Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame surfaces. This also is not a malfunction. However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Fogged Exterior Light Lenses

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 481

Accessories and Modifications

M

ain ten

an ce

1Accessories and Modifications

Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to ensure proper operation on your vehicle.

3WARNING Improper accessories or modifications can affect your vehicle's handling, stability, and performance, and cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owner's manual regarding accessories and modifications.

Accessories When installing accessories, check the following: Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and

delay your reaction to driving conditions. Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs

of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicles airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy.

Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with proper operation of your vehicle.

2 Fuses P. 519

Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.

481

482

uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 482

Modifications Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or reliability, or install non-genuine Acura parts or accessories that may have a similar effect.

Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance. Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle to no longer meet federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.

The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other devices that Acura has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely affect the vehicles electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems.

Do not modify or attempt to repair any of the electrical components.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 483

Handling the Unexpected

This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.

Tools Types of Tools .................................. 484

If a Tire Goes Flat Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire....... 485

Changing a Flat Tire ......................... 499 Engine Does Not Start

Checking the Engine........................ 506 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak ............................................. 507

Emergency Engine Stop ................... 508 Jump Starting.................................... 509

Vehicles with optional spare tire

Shift Lever Does Not Move.............. 512 Overheating

How to Handle Overheating............. 513 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On ............................................. 515

If the Charging System Indicator Comes On ................................................. 515

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks ................................... 516

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On.................................. 517

If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On......................... 517

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks ....................... 518

Fuses Fuse Locations ................................. 519 Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 521

Emergency Towing........................... 522

483

484

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 484

Tools

1Types of Tools

The tools are stored in the cargo area.

Types of Tools

Jack

Tool Case

Wheel Nut Wrench/Jack Handle

Jack Handle Bar

Vehicles with optional spare tire

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 485

If a Tire Goes Flat

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

The kit should not be used in the following situations. Instead, contact a dealer or roadside assistance to have the vehicle towed. The tire sealant has expired. More than one tire is punctured. The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm). The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is

outside the contact area.

Damage has been caused by driving with the tire extremely under inflated.

The tire bead is no longer seated. The rim is damaged.

Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be able to repair the puncture using the kit.

NOTICE Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If a different agent is used, you may permanently damage the tire pressure sensor.

When the puncture is: Kit Use

Smaller than 3/16 inch (4 mm)

Yes

Larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm)

No

Contact Area

Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station for a more permanent repair.

If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place.

1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK).

485Continued

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

486

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire

Repair notification label and speed restriction label are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit.

When making a temporary repair, carefully read the instruction manual provided with the kit.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 486

1. Open the trunk floor lid.

Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire

Instruction Manual

Air Only Hose (Black)

Speed Restriction LabelRepair Notification Label

Pressure Relief Button

Inflator Switch

Selector Switch SEALANT/AIR side

Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)

AIR ONLY side

Power Plug

Pressure Gauge

Tire Sealant Expiration Date

U.S. Canada

U.S. Canada

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 487

2. Remove the kit. 3. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near

the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side.

487Continued

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

488

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Injecting Sealant and Air

In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily. In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before using.

The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away any spills immediately.

3WARNING Tire sealant contains substances that are harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.

If accidentally swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get medical attention immediately.

For skin or eye contact, flush with cool water and get medical attention if necessary.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 488

1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem.

2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the packaging.

3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.

Injecting Sealant and Air

Valve Stem

Valve Cap

Sealant/Air Hose

Valve Stem

Sealant/Air Hose

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Injecting Sealant and Air

NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged.

Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than actual. After the sealant injection is complete the pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air compressor off only after the sealant injection is complete.

3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 489

4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a

door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic

devices into other accessory power sockets. 2 Accessory Power Socket P. 162

5. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting

sealant and air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 63

6. Turn the selector switch to SEALANT/ AIR.

SEALANT/AIR side

Continued 489

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

490

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Injecting Sealant and Air

If the required air pressure is not reached within 15 minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for the kit to provide the necessary seal, and your vehicle will need to be towed.

See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle and proper disposal of an empty bottle.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 490

7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the compressor. u The compressor starts injecting sealant

and air into the tire. u When the sealant injection is complete

continue to add air.

8. After the air pressure reaches front: 35 psi (240 kPa)/rear: 33 psi (230 kPa), turn off the kit.

After the air pressure reaches front: 33 psi (230 kPa)/rear: 32 psi (220 kPa), turn off the kit. u To check the pressure, occasionally turn

off the compressor and read the gauge. 9. Unplug the power plug from the accessory

power socket. 10. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire

valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.

Pressure Gauge

ON

OFF Models with P215/45R17 87V tires

Models with 225/40R18 92V tires

Sealant/Air Hose

Valve Stem

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 491

11. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).

12. Apply the repair notification label to the flat surface of the wheel. u The wheel surface must be clean to

ensure the label adheres properly.

Pressure Relief Button

Repair Notification Label

U.S.

Canada

491Continued

492

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 492

1. Apply the speed restriction label to the location as shown.

2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes. u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).

3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.

Distributing the Sealant in the Tire

Speed Restriction Label

U.S.

Canada

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 493

4. Recheck the air pressure using the air only hose on the compressor.

5. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY. u Do not turn the air compressor on to

check the pressure. 2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 496

6. If the air pressure is Less than 19 psi (130 kPa): Do not add air or continue driving. The leak is too severe. Call for help and have your vehicle towed.

2 Emergency Towing P. 522

Front: 35 psi (240 kPa)/rear: 33 psi (230kPa) or more:

Front: 33 psi (230 kPa)/rear: 32 psi (220kPa) or more:

Specified pressure or more: Continue driving for another 10 minutes or until you reach the nearest service station, whichever is sooner. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not reached a service station, stop and check the tire pressure. u If the air pressure does not go down after

the 10 minute driving, you do not need to check the pressure any more.

AIR ONLY side

ON

Air Only Hose

Models with P215/45R17 87V tires

Models with 225/40R18 92V tires

493Continued

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

494

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire

3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 494

Greater than 19 psi (130 kPa), but less than front: 35 psi (240 kPa)/rear: 33 psi (230kPa): Turn the air compressor on to inflate the tire until the tire pressure reaches to front: 35 psi (240 kPa)/rear: 33 psi (230kPa).

Greater than 19 psi (130 kPa), but less than front: 33 psi (230 kPa)/rear: 32 psi (220kPa): Turn the air compressor on to inflate the tire until the tire pressure reaches to front: 33 psi (230 kPa)/rear: 320 psi (220kPa). 2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 496

Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes or until you reach the nearest service station. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). u You should repeat this procedure as long

as the air pressure is within this range.

Models with P215/45R17 87V tires

AIR ONLY side

ON

Models with 225/40R18 92V tires

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 495

7. Unplug the kit from the accessory power socket.

8. Unscrew the air only hose from the tire valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.

9. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).

10. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

Pressure Relief Button

495Continued

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

496

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 496

You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire. 1. Open the trunk floor lid.

2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire P. 486

2. Remove the kit from the case. 3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near

the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side.

4. Remove the air only hose from the kit.

5. Remove the valve cap.

6. Attach the air only hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.

Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

Air Only Hose

Valve Cap

Valve Stem

Air Only Hose

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 497

7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a

door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic

devices into other accessory power sockets. 2 Accessory Power Socket P. 162

8. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting

air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 63

9. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY. 10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.

u The compressor starts to inject air into the tire.

11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.

AIR ONLY side

ON

Continued 497

498

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 498

12. Turn off the kit. u Check the pressure gauge on the air

compressor. u If overinflated, press the pressure relief

button. 13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power

socket. 14. Unscrew the air only hose from the tire

valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap. 15. Press the pressure relief button until the

gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa). 16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

Pressure Relief Button

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Changing a Flat Tire

Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact spare. It should be set to the specified pressure. Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2)

When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with a full size tire as soon as possible.

The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are specifically for this model. Do not use them with another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.

Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire. If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it with the full size tire that was removed from the rear. Mount the tire chains on the front tire.

Do not use a puncture-repairing agent on a flat tire, as it can damage the tire pressure sensor.

Do not mount the compact spare on the front. If mounted on the front, the compact spare, smaller in size than the full-size tire, may damage the differential.

If either front tire goes flat, remove the rear tire on the same side, and mount the compact spare on the rear and the rear tire on the front.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 499

Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full size tire repaired or replaced.

1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever in (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK).

Vehicles with optional spare tire

499Continued

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

500

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire

The shape of the tool case varies by model.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 500

1. Open the trunk floor lid.

2. Take the tool case out of the trunk. Take the jack and wheel nut wrench out of the tool case.

3. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tire.

4. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.

Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire

Spare Tire Tool Case

Wheel Blocks

The tire to be replaced.

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 501

5. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up) under the vehicle body, near the tire that needs to be replaced.

6. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn using the wheel nut wrench.

501Continued

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

502

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1How to Set Up the Jack

Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the vehicle.

Use the jack provided in your vehicle. Other jacks may not support the weight (load) or may not fit the jacking point.

The following instructions must be followed to use the jack safely: Do not use while the engine is running. Use only where the ground is firm and level. Use only at the jacking points. Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack. Do not put anything on top of or underneath the

jack.

3WARNING The vehicle can easily roll off the jack, seriously injuring anyone underneath.

Follow the directions for changing a tire exactly, and no person should place any portion of their body under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 502

1. Place the jack under the jacking point closest to the tire to be changed.

2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in the image until the top of the jack contacts the jacking point. u Make sure that the jacking point tab is

resting in the jack notch.

3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar and the jack handle, until the tire is off the ground.

How to Set Up the Jack

Jack Handle Bar

Wheel Nut Wrench as Jack Handle

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Replacing the Flat Tire

Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra torque using your foot or a pipe.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 503

1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.

2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel with a clean cloth.

3. Mount the compact spare tire. 4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the

lips around the mounting holes, then stop rotating.

5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack. Tighten the wheel nuts in the order indicated in the image. Go around, tightening the nuts, two to three times in this order. Wheel nut torque: 80 lbfft (108 Nm, 11 kgfm)

Replacing the Flat Tire

Continued 503

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

504

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Storing the Flat Tire

3WARNING Loose items can fly around the interior in a crash and can seriously injure the occupants. Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely before driving.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 504

1. Remove the center cap.

2. Place the flat tire face down in the spare tire well.

3. Remove the spacer cone from the wing bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the bolt. Secure the flat tire with the wing bolt.

4. Securely put the jack and wheel nut wrench back in the tool case. Store the case in the trunk.

Storing the Flat Tire

Center Cap

Spacer Cone

Wing Bolt

For compact spare tire

For full- size tire

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1TPMS and the Spare Tire

The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure that it is correct.

Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 505

If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. Tire Pressure Monitor Problem appears on the multi-information display, but this is normal.

If you replace the tire with a specified regular tire, the warning message on the multi-information display and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after a few miles (kilometers).

TPMS and the Spare Tire

505

506

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 506

Engine Does Not Start

cklist on display. tton message appears eak P. 507 g range. ange P. 136

ess. at all

P. 519

e again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 356

g, the engine cannot be started.

Gauge P. 90

dealer.

1Checking the Engine

If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it.

2 Jump Starting P. 509

Checking the Engine If the engine does not start, check the starter.

Starter condition Che Starter doesnt turn or turns over slowly. The battery may be dead. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly.

Check for a message on the multi-informati If the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Bu

2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is W uMake sure the keyless remote is in its operatin

2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating R Check the brightness of the interior lights. Turn on the interior lights and check the brightn If the interior lights are dim or do not come on

2 Battery P. 471 If the interior lights come on normally 2 Fuses

The starter turns over normally but the engine doesnt start. There may be a problem with the fuse. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly.

Review the engine start procedure. Follow its instructions, and try to start the engin Check the immobilizer system indicator. When the immobilizer system indicator is blinkin

2 Immobilizer System P. 129

Check the fuel level. There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel

Check the fuse. Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a

2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 521

If the problem continues: 2 Emergency Towing P. 522

uuEngine Does Not Startu If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 507

If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears on the multi-information display, and the indicator on the ENGINE START/ STOP button flashes, and the engine wont start. Start the engine as follows:

1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/ STOP button with the A logo on the keyless access remote while the indicator on the ENGINE START/STOP button is flashing. The buttons on the keyless access remote should be facing you. u The indicator flashes for about 30

seconds.

2. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button within 10 seconds after the beeper sounds and the indicator stays on. u If you dont depress the pedal, the mode

will change to ACCESSORY.

507

508

uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Emergency Engine Stop

Do not press the button while driving unless it is absolutely necessary for the engine to be turned off.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 508

Emergency Engine Stop The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the following operations: Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds. Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice.

The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a safe place.

The power mode is in ACCESSORY when the engine is stopped. To change the mode to VEHICLE OFF, move the shift position to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete stop.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 509

Jump Starting

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Jump Starting

Securely attach the jumper cable clips so that they do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the cable ends to touch each other while attaching or detaching the jumper cables.

3WARNING A battery can explode if you do not follow the correct procedure, seriously injuring anyone nearby.

Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking materials away from the battery.

Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine, then open the hood.

1. Connect the first jumper cable to your vehicle's battery + terminal.

2. Connect the other end of the first jumper cable to the assisting vehicle's + terminal. u Use a 12-volt booster battery only. u When using an automotive battery

charger to boost your 12-volt battery, select a lower charging voltage than 15 volts. Check the charger manual for the proper setting.

3. Connect the second jumper cable to the assisting vehicle's - terminal.

Jump Starting Procedure

Booster Battery

509Continued

uuJump Startingu

510

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Jump Starting

Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and may prevent the engine from starting.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 510

4. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the engine mounting bolt as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable to any other part.

5. If your vehicle is connected to another vehicle, start the assisting vehicle's engine and increase its rpm slightly.

6. Attempt to start your vehicle's engine. If it turns over slowly, check that the jumper cables have good metal-to-metal contact.

uuJump Startingu H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 511

Once your vehicle's engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following order.

1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's ground. 2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the assisting vehicle's battery

- terminal. 3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's battery + terminal. 4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the assisting vehicle's battery

+ terminal.

Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.

What to Do After the Engine Starts

511

512

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 512

Shift Lever Does Not Move

Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P position.

1. Set the parking brake. 2. Remove the built-in key from the keyless

access remote. 3. Wrap a cloth around the tip of a small flat-

tip screwdriver. Put it into the shift lock release slot as shown in the image, and remove the cover.

4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot. 5. While pushing the key down, press the shift

lever release button, and place the shift lever into (N. u The lock is now released. Have the shift

lever checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

Releasing the Lock

Cover

Slot

Release Button Shift Lock Release Slot

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 513

Overheating

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1How to Handle Overheating

NOTICE Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge needle at the mark may damage the engine.

3WARNING Steam and spray from an overheated engine can seriously scald you.

Do not open the hood if steam is coming out.

H

How to Handle Overheating Overheating symptoms are as follows: The temperature gauge needle is at the mark or the engine suddenly loses

power. Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.

First thing to do 1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place. 2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights. u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood. u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.

Then open the hood.

H

513Continued

uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating

514

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1How to Handle Overheating

If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.

Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only. Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze as soon as possible.

3WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 514

Next thing to do 1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and

stop the engine once the temperature gauge needle comes down. u If the cooling fan is not operating,

immediately stop the engine. 2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect

the coolant level and check the cooling system components for leaks. u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is

low, add coolant until it reaches the MAX mark.

u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank, check that the radiator is cool. Cover the radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to the base of the filler neck, and put the cap back on.

Last thing to do Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge. If the temperature gauge needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone down, contact a dealer for repairs.

Reserve Tank

MAX

MIN

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 515

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On

NOTICE Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause serious mechanical damage almost immediately.

1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On

If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge the battery.

If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low. What to do as soon as the indicator comes on 1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place. 2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on. What to do after parking the vehicle 1. Stop the engine and let it sit for approximately one minute. 2. Open the hood and check the oil level.

2 Oil Check P. 443

3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator. u The indicator goes off: Start driving again. u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Immediately stop

the engine and contact a dealer for repairs.

If the Charging System Indicator Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the battery is not being charged. What to do when the indicator comes on Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.

515

516

uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

NOTICE If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on, the emissions control system and the engine could be damaged.

If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at 31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle inspected.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 516

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

Reasons for indicator lamp to come on or blink Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control

system, or the fuel fill cap is missing, or loose. Blinks when engine misfiring is detected. What to do when the indicator lamp comes on Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. What to do when the indicator lamp blinks Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least 10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.

The message appears on when: An evaporative system leak is detected. This may be caused by the fuel fill cap being loose or not being installed.

What to do when the message appears: 1. Stop the engine. 2. Check if the fuel fill cap is fully installed. u If not, loosen the cap, and then retighten it until it clicks at least once.

3. Drive for several days of normal driving. u The message should go off.

When the malfunction indicator lamp comes on The malfunction indicator lamp comes on if the system continues to detect a leak of gasoline vapor. If this happens, follow the procedures described earlier to check the fuel fill cap.

Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message

uu Indicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On

Have your vehicle repaired immediately. It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift the gears.

If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution system is not working. This can result in vehicle instability under sudden braking. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 517

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on The brake fluid is low. There is a malfunction in the brake system. What to do when the indicator comes on while driving Press the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure. If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop. If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the

transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.

If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On

Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system. If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine

speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.

What to do when the indicator comes on Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine. If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

U.S.

Canada

517

518

uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

NOTICE Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always inflate your tires to the prescribed level.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 518

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS or the compact spare tire is installed, the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on. What to do when the indicator comes on Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking. Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on the driver side doorjamb. What to do when the indicator blinks Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact spare tire causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire. The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 519

Fuses

Fuse Locations If any electrical devices are not working, set Circuit protected and fuse rating

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) and check to see if any applicable fuse is blown.

Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number.

Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push the tabs to open the box.

Engine Compartment Fuse Box

Tab

* Not available on all models

Circuit Protected Amps

1

EPS 70 A

ABS/VSA FSR 30 A ABS/VSA Motor 40 A

WIPER 30 A Main Fuse 120 A

2

IG Main 50 A Fuse Box Main 60 A

Fuse Box Main 2 60 A Headlight Main 30 A

ST/MG SW 30 A Rear Defogger 30 A

IG Main1 30 A Blower 40 A

IG Main2 30 A Sub Fan Motor 20 A

Main Fan Motor 20 A 3 4 5 Starter DIAG 7.5 A 6

7 8 9

10 11 Oil Level 7.5 A 12 Fog Lights* (20 A) 13 Injector 20 A 14 Hazard 10 A 15 FI Sub 15 A 16 IG Coil 15 A 17 Daytime Running Lights 7.5 A 18 Stop & Horn 10 A 19 20 Right Headlight Low Beam 10 A 21 IGP 15 A 22 DBW 15 A 23 Left Headlight Low Beam 10 A 24 25 MG Clutch 7.5 A 26 Washer 15 A 27 Small 20 A 28 Interior Lights 7.5 A 29 Backup 10 A

Circuit Protected Amps

519Continued

520

uuFusesuFuse Locations

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 520

Located under the dashboard.

Fuse locations are shown on the label on the side panel. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and label number.

Circuit protected and fuse rating

Interior Fuse Box

Fuse Label

Circuit Protected Amps 1 2 ACG 15 A 3 SRS 10 A 4 Fuel Pump 15 A 5 Meter 7.5 A 6 Power Window 7.5 A 7 VB SOL* 7.5 A

8 Right Door Lock Motor

(Unlock) 15 A

* Not available on all models

9 Left Door Lock Motor

(Unlock) 15 A

10 Audio (15 A) 11 Moonroof 20 A 12 Drivers Power Seat Sliding* (20 A)

13 Drivers Power Seat

Reclining* (20 A)

14 Seat Heaters* (15 A)

15 Drivers Door Lock Motor

(Unlock) 10 A

16 Passengers Power Seat

Sliding* (20 A)

17 Passengers Power Seat

Reclining* (20 A)

18 19 Accessory 7.5 A 20 ACC Key Lock 7.5 A 21 Daytime Running Lights 7.5 A 22 HAC 7.5 A 23 24 ABS/VSA 7.5 A 25 ACC 7.5 A 26 27 Accessory Power Socket 20 A 28 29 ODS 7.5 A

Circuit Protected Amps

30 Drivers Door Lock Motor

(Lock) 10 A

31 SMART 10 A

32 Right Door Lock Motor

(Lock) 15 A

33 Left Door Lock Motor

(Lock) 15 A

34 Small Lights 7.5 A 35 Illumination 7.5 A 36 37 Premium Audio* (30 A) 38 Left Headlight High Beam 10 A 39 Right Headlight High Beam 10 A 40 41 Door Lock 20 A 42 Drivers Power Window 20 A

43 Rear Passengers Side

Power Window 20 A

44 Front Passengers Side

Power Window 20 A

45 Rear Drivers Side Power

Window 20 A

46

Circuit Protected Amps

uuFusesu Inspecting and Changing Fuses H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Inspecting and Changing Fuses

NOTICE Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating greatly increases the chances of damaging the electrical system.

Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified amperage. Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on P. 519 to 520.

There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine compartment fuse box cover.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 521

Inspecting and Changing Fuses 1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories off.

2. Remove the fuse box cover. 3. Check the large fuse in the engine

compartment. u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head

screwdriver to remove the screw and replace it with a new one.

4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine compartment and the vehicle interior. u If there is a blown fuse, remove it with

the fuse puller and replace it with a new one.

Combined Fuse

Blown Fuse

Fuse Puller

521

522

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 522

Emergency Towing

1Emergency Towing

NOTICE Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed to support the vehicle's weight.

NOTICE Improper towing such as towing behind a motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the transmission.

Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain. It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift from side to side or break.

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.

Flat bed equipment The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck. This is the best way to transport your vehicle.

Wheel lift equipment The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to tow your vehicle.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 523

Information

This chapter includes your vehicle's specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other

information required by regulation.

Specifications .................................... 524 Identification Numbers

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number ......................................... 526

Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 527 Reporting Safety Defects ................. 528

Emissions Testing Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 529

Warranty Coverages ........................ 531 Authorized Manuals......................... 533 Client Service Information ............... 534

523

524

In fo

rm atio

n

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 524

Specifications

Vehicle Specifications

*1: Vehicle without blind spot information system *2: 17 inch wheel vehicle with blind spot information system *3: Vehicle with 18 inch wheel

Air Conditioning

Model Acura ILX No. of Passengers: Front 2 Rear 3 Total 5 Weights:

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

U.S.: 4,001 lbs (1,815 kg)*1

Canada: 1,815 kg*1

U.S.: 4,023 lbs (1,825 kg)*2

Canada: 1,825 kg*2

U.S.: 4,045 lbs (1,835 kg)*3

Canada: 1,835 kg*3

Gross Axle Weight Rating (Front)

U.S.: 2,205 lbs (1,000 kg)*1

Canada: 1,000 kg*1

U.S.: 2,216 lbs (1,005 kg)*2

Canada: 1,005 kg*2

U.S.: 2,227 lbs (1,010 kg)*3

Canada: 1,010 kg*3

Gross Axle Weight Rating (Rear)

U.S.: 1,797 lbs (815 kg)*1

Canada: 815 kg*1

U.S.: 1,808 lbs (820 kg)*2

Canada: 820 kg*2

U.S.: 1,819 lbs (825 kg)*3

Canada: 825 kg*3

Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a) Charge Quantity 13.2 15.0 oz (375 425 g) Lubricant Type SP-10 Quantity 4.88 5.49 cu-in (80 90 cm3)

* Not available on all models

Engine Specifications

Fuel

Washer Fluid

Displacement 144 cu-in (2,356 cm3)

Spark Plugs NGK

DILKAR7G11GS DILKAR7H11GS

DENSO DXE22HQR-D11S

Type Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number of 91 or higher

Fuel Tank Capacity 13.2 US gal (50 L)

Tank Capacity U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 L) Canada: 5.12 US qt (4.85 L)

Light Bulbs Headlights (High/Low Beam) LED Fog Lights* 55 W (H11) Front Turn Signal Lights LED Parking/Daytime Running Lights LED Front Side Marker Lights 3 CP Brake/Taillights/Rear Side Marker Lights

LED

Back-Up Lights 16 W Rear Turn Signal Lights 21 W (Amber) High-Mount Brake Light LED Rear License Plate Light 5 W Interior Lights

Map Lights LED Ceiling Light 8 W Foot light 1.4 W Glove Box light LED Vanity Mirror lights 1.4 W Trunk Light 5 W

uuSpecificationsu In

fo rm

atio n

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 525

Brake Fluid

Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid

Specified Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

Specified Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 2.0

Capacity Change 4.1 US qt (3.9 L)

Engine Oil

Engine Coolant

Recommended Genuine Acura Motor Oil 0W-20 API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil

Capacity

Change 4.4 US qt (4.2 L) Change including filter

4.6 US qt (4.4 L)

Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2 Ratio 50/50 with distilled water

Capacity 1.71 US gal (6.49 L) (change including the remaining 0.166 US gal (0.63 L) in the reserve tank)

Tire

*1: Vehicle with 18 inch wheel *2: Vehicle with 17 inch wheel *3: Vehicle with optional spare tire

Regular

Size 225/40R18 92V*1

P215/45R17 87V*2

Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])

Front 33 (230 [2.3])*1

35 (240 [2.4])*2

Rear 32 (220 [2.2])*1

33 (230 [2.3])*2

Compact Spare*3

Size T135/70D17 92M Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])

60 (420 [4.2])

Wheel Size Regular

18 x 7 1/2J*1

17 x 7J*2

Compact Spare*3 17 x 4T

525

526

In fo

rm atio

n

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 526

Identification Numbers

1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is located under the cover.

Cover

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your vehicle for warranty purposes, for licensing, and insuring your vehicle. The locations of your vehicles VIN, engine number, and transmission number are shown as follows:

Vehicle Identification Number

Engine Number

Certification Label/ Vehicle Identification Number

Dual Clutch Transmission Number

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 527

Devices that Emit Radio Waves

In

fo rm

atio n

The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation.

Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada Standard, described below: As required by the FCC: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

AcuraLink*

Audio System Blind spot information System*

Bluetooth Audio Bluetooth HandsFreeLink Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM*

HomeLink Universal Transceiver*

Immobilizer System Keyless Access System Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*

527* Not available on all models

528

In fo

rm atio

n

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 528

Reporting Safety Defects

In the U.S. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- 9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http:// www.safercar.gov.

In Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.

If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.

To contact Transport Canadas Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/ roadsafety.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 529

Emissions Testing

In

fo rm

atio n

1Testing of Readiness Codes

The readiness codes are erased when the battery is disconnected, and set again only after several days of driving under a variety of conditions.

If a testing facility determines that the readiness codes are not set, you may be requested to return at a later date to complete the test.

If the testing facility determines the readiness codes are still not set, see a dealer.

Testing of Readiness Codes Your vehicle has readiness code as part of the onboard self diagnostic system. Some states use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicles emissions components are working properly. The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has gone dead or been disconnected.

To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without starting the engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set.

If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready, prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:

1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full. 2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more. 3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40F and 95F (4C and 35C). 4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20

seconds. 5. Keep the vehicle in (P . Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there

until the temperature gauge rises to at least 1/4 of the scale (about 3 minutes). 6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.

529Continued

530

uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes

In fo

rm atio

n

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 530

7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in (D . Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).

8. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal.

9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 531

Warranty Coverages

In

fo rm

atio n

U.S. Owners Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:

New Vehicle Limited Warranty covers your new vehicle, except for the emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and workmanship.

Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance Warranty these two warranties cover your vehicles emissions control systems. Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for exact information.

Seat Belt Limited Warranty a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Rust Perforation Limited Warranty all exterior body panels are covered against rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage.

Accessory Limited Warranty Acura accessories are covered under this warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Replacement Parts Limited Warranty covers all Acura replacement parts against defects in materials and workmanship.

531Continued

532

uuWarranty Coveragesu

In fo

rm atio

n

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 532

Replacement Battery Limited Warranty provides prorated coverage for a replacement battery purchased from your dealer.

Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty provides coverage for as long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.

Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on warranty coverages. Your vehicles original tires are covered by their manufacturer. Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.

Canadian Owners Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.

EPA Contact Information An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Office of Transportation and Air Quality Compliance Division, Light-Duty Vehicle Group Attn: Warranty Complaints 2000 Traverwood Drive Ann Arbor, MI 48105 Email: complianceinfo@epa.gov

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 533

Authorized Manuals

In

fo rm

atio n

Service Express For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.

For U.S. Owners Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.

For Canadian Owners Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.

533

534

In fo

rm atio

n

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 534

Client Service Information

1Client Service Information

When you call or write, please give us the following information: Vehicle Identification Number

2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number P. 526

Date of purchase Odometer reading of your vehicle Your name, address, and telephone number A detailed description of the problem Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you

Acura dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Acura Client Relations/Services.

U.S. Owners American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Acura Client Relations Mail Stop 100-5E-8F 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746 Tel: 1 (800) 382-2238

Canadian Owners Honda Canada Inc. Acura Client Services 180 Honda Boulevard Markham, ON L6C 0H9 Tel: 1-888-9-ACURA-9 Fax: 1-877-939-0909 E-mail: acura_cr@ch.honda.com

In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands Bella International P.O. Box 190816 San Juan, PR 00919-0816 Tel: 1 (787) 620-7546

uuClient Service Informationu In

fo rm

atio n

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 535

Requirements to access Pandora Latest version of the Pandora app

installed on your Android, Blackberry, or iPhone.

Registered Pandora account (you can create a free account at www.pandora.com <http:// www.pandora.com/> or on your smartphone)

Connection to the internet via Wi-Fi or cellular data network.

Disclaimer of Pandora*

* Not available on all models

Limitations Access to Pandora requires an active

internet connection Ability to access Pandora through this

system is subject to change without notice

Certain functionality of Pandora service is not available when accessing the service through this system including, but not limited to, creating new stations, deleting stations, emailing current stations, buying tracks, viewing additional text information, logging in to Pandora, and adjusting Cell Network Audio Quality. Pandora internet radio is a music service not affiliated with HONDA. More information is available at http:// www.pandora.com <http:// www.pandora.com/>. Pandora, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission.

Mobile access requires a smartphone with an active data plan. Standard data rates may apply.

Pandora is only available in the United States.

535

Index

536

In d

ex

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 536

Index

A AAC.................................................... 223, 233 ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)................... 410 Accessories and Modifications ................. 481 Accessory Power Sockets .......................... 162 AcuraWatchTM ............................................. 19 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)........... 78, 372 Additives

Coolant ................................................... 447 Engine Oil................................................ 442 Washer.................................................... 450

Additives, Engine Oil ................................ 442 Adjusting

Armrest ................................................... 158 Front Seats .............................................. 151 Head Restraints........................................ 154 Mirrors .................................................... 149 Rear Seat ................................................. 157 Steering Wheel ........................................ 146 Temperature.............................................. 96

AhaTM Menu .............................................. 232 AhaTM Radio .............................................. 245 Air Conditioning System (Climate Control System) .................................................... 164 Changing the Mode ................................ 164 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows ............................................... 165

Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 474 Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 164 Sensors.................................................... 167 Synchronization Mode ............................. 166

Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 164 Air Pressure....................................... 463, 525 Airbags ........................................................ 37

Advanced Airbags ..................................... 43 After a Collision ........................................ 40 Airbag Care............................................... 49 Event Data Recorder.................................... 0 Front Airbags (SRS).................................... 40 Indicator.............................................. 47, 71 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 48 Sensors ..................................................... 37 Side Airbags .............................................. 44 Side Curtain Airbags.................................. 46

AM/FM Radio.................................... 183, 211 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 410

Indicator.................................................... 71 Armrest ..................................................... 158 Audio Remote Controls ........................... 174 Audio System............................................ 170

Adjusting the Sound........................ 182, 209 Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 171 Error Messages........................................ 240 General Information ................................ 246 Internet Radio ......................................... 230 iPhone............................................. 230, 249 iPod ................................................ 188, 226 MP3/WMA/AAC...................... 193, 223, 233 Pandora................................................. 191 Reactivating ............................................ 173 Recommended CDs................................. 247 Recommended Devices............................ 249

Security Code ......................................... 173 Shortcuts ................................................ 200 Theft Protection ...................................... 173 USB Adapter Cable ................................. 171 USB Flash Drives...................................... 249 USB Port ................................................. 172

Audio/Information Screen ............... 177, 205 Authorized Manuals ................................ 533 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................ 124

Customize ...................................... 105, 275 Automatic Lighting.................................. 140 Auxiliary Input Jack ................................. 171 Average Fuel Economy .............................. 96 Average Speed ........................................... 97

B Battery ...................................................... 471

Charging System Indicator ................ 69, 515 Jump Starting ......................................... 509 Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ....... 471 Maintenance (Replacing)......................... 472

Belts (Seat).................................................. 30 Beverage Holders ..................................... 161 Blind spot information (BSI) System ....... 401 Bluetooth Audio............................. 196, 236 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink..................... 287 Booster Seats (For Children) ...................... 62 Brake System ............................................ 408

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 410 Brake Assist System................................. 411

In d

ex

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 537

Fluid ....................................................... 450 Foot Brake .............................................. 409 Indicator ........................................... 66, 517 Parking Brake.......................................... 408

Brake System (Amber) Indicator ................................................... 67

Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) ... 145 BSI (Blind spot information) System ....... 401 Built-in Key ............................................... 113 Bulb Replacement .................................... 451

Back-Up Light ......................................... 458 Brake Lights/Taillights/Rear Side Marker Lights.................................................... 456

Fog Lights ............................................... 451 Front Side Marker Light........................... 454 Front Turn Signal Lights .......................... 453 Headlights .............................................. 451 High-Mount Brake Light.......................... 459 Parking/Daytime Running Lights.............. 453 Rear License Plate Light........................... 459 Rear Turn Signal Light ............................. 456

Bulb Specifications ................................... 524

C Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 63 Carrying Cargo ................................. 351, 353 CD Player .......................................... 185, 223 Certification Label ................................... 526 Changing Bulbs ........................................ 451 Charging System Indicator ................ 69, 515

Child Safety ................................................. 50 Childproof Door Locks ............................. 123

Child Seat .................................................... 50 Booster Seats............................................. 62 Child Seat for Infants ................................. 52 Child Seat for Small Children ..................... 53 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt .................................................. 57

Larger Children.......................................... 61 Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 52 Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 54 Using a Tether ........................................... 59

Childproof Door Locks ............................. 123 Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 478 Cleaning the Interior ................................ 475 Client Service Information ....................... 534 Climate Control System ............................ 164

Changing the Mode ................................ 164 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows ............................................... 165

Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 474 Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 164 Sensors.................................................... 167 Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 164

Clock .......................................................... 110 CMBSTM (Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM) ................................................. 412

Coat Hook ................................................. 162 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) .................................................. 412

Compact Spare Tire .......................... 499, 525

Console Compartment ............................. 160 Controls..................................................... 109 Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 447

Adding to the Radiator............................ 448 Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 447 Overheating ............................................ 513

Creeping (Dual Clutch Transmission) ...... 362 Cross Traffic Monitor ............................... 422 Cruise Control........................................... 367

Indicator.................................................... 76 Cup Holders .............................................. 161 Customized Features.......................... 99, 263

D Daytime Running Lights .......................... 142 Dead Battery............................................. 509 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows ................................................. 165

Devices that Emit Radio Waves ............... 527 Dimming

Headlights............................................... 139 Rearview Mirror....................................... 149

Dipstick (Engine Oil)................................. 443 Directional Signals (Turn Signal) ............. 139 Door Mirrors ............................................. 150

537

538

In d

ex

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 538

Doors ......................................................... 112 Auto Door Locking .................................. 124 Auto Door Unlocking............................... 124 Door Open Indicator ............................ 29, 73 Door Open Message .................................. 87 Keys ........................................................ 112 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside..................................................... 121

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside.................................................. 115

Lockout Prevention System ...................... 119 DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 465 Driving....................................................... 349

Braking.................................................... 408 Cruise Control ......................................... 367 Dual Clutch Transmission......................... 362 Shifting Gear ........................................... 363 Starting the Engine .................................. 356

Driving Position Memory System............. 147 Dual Clutch Transmission ......................... 362

Creeping ................................................. 362 Fluid ................................................ 449, 525 Kickdown ................................................ 362 Operating the Shift Lever ................... 17, 363 Shift Lever Does Not Move....................... 512 Shifting.................................................... 363

Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 474

E Elapsed Time ............................................... 97

Electric Power Steering System (EPS) Indicator............................................ 72, 517

Electronic Stability Control (ESC)............. 399 Emergency ................................................ 522 Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ....... 529 Engine ....................................................... 526

Coolant................................................... 447 Jump Starting.......................................... 509 Oil........................................................... 442 Remote Engine Start................................ 358 Starting ................................................... 356 Switch Buzzer.......................................... 136

Engine Coolant ......................................... 447 Adding to the Radiator............................ 448 Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 447 Overheating ............................................ 513 Temperature Gauge .................................. 90

Engine Oil ................................................. 442 Adding.................................................... 444 Checking................................................. 443 Displaying Oil Life.................................... 436 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 67, 515 Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 442

ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 136 EPS (Electric Power Steering) System ............................................... 72, 517

Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide) .. 63 Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 478 Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 150

F Features .................................................... 169 Filters

Dust and Pollen....................................... 474 Oil .......................................................... 445

Flat Tire..................................................... 485 Floor Mats ................................................ 476 Fluids

Brake ...................................................... 450 Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 449 Engine Coolant ....................................... 447 Windshield Washer ................................. 450

Fog Light Indicator .................................... 75 Folding Down the Rear Seat ................... 157 Foot Brake ................................................ 409 Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 40 Front Seats................................................ 151

Adjusting ................................................ 151 Front Sensor Camera ............................... 370 Fuel ..................................................... 18, 427

Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions............ 429 Gauge ...................................................... 90 Instant Fuel Economy ................................ 97 Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 70 Range ....................................................... 97 Recommendation.................................... 427 Refueling ................................................ 427

Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions............ 429 Fuel Fill Cap ........................................ 18, 428

Message ................................................. 516 Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 18, 428

In d

ex

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 539

Fuses ......................................................... 519 Inspecting and Changing ........................ 521 Locations ........................................ 519, 520

G Gasoline (Fuel)

Economy................................................. 429 Gauge ...................................................... 90 Information............................................. 427 Instant Fuel Economy ................................ 97 Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 70 Refueling ................................................ 427

Gauges ........................................................ 90 Gear Position Indicator .............................. 68 Gear Shift Lever Positions

Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 363 Glass (care) ............................................... 479 Glove Box ................................................. 160

H Halogen Bulbs .......................................... 451 Handling the Unexpected ....................... 483 HandsFreeLink (HFL) .............................. 287

Auto Answer .......................................... 331 Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History .......... 303, 333

Automatic Transferring ................... 301, 331 Callers ID Information ............................ 301 Displaying Messages ............................... 345

HFL Buttons..................................... 287, 316 HFL Menus ...................................... 289, 318 HFL Status Display ........................... 288, 317 Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 317 Making a Call .................................. 306, 337 Options During a Call ...................... 310, 342 Phone Setup.................................... 294, 323 Receiving a Call ............................... 309, 341 Receiving a Text/E-mail Message.............. 343 Ring Tone................................................ 332 Selecting a Mail Account ......................... 344 Speed Dial ....................................... 304, 334 Text Message .................................. 299, 311 To Clear the System................................. 302 To Create a Security PIN .................. 300, 330 To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option.. 328 Use Contact Photo .................................. 332

Hazard Warning Button............................... 4 HDMI Port ............................................... 172 Head Restraints......................................... 154 Headlights ................................................. 139

Automatic Operation............................... 140 Dimming ......................................... 139, 142 Operating................................................ 139

Heaters (Seat) ........................................... 163 HFL (HandsFreeLink) ............................... 287 High-Beam Indicator .................................. 74 Hill Start Assist System ............................. 360 HomeLink Universal Transceiver ............ 284 Honda App License Agreement............... 250

I Identification Numbers ............................ 526

Engine and Transmission ......................... 526 Vehicle Identification ............................... 526

Illumination Control................................. 145 Knob....................................................... 145

Immobilizer System .................................. 129 Indicator.................................................... 75

539

540

In d

ex

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 540

Indicators..................................................... 66 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) .......... 78, 372 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................... 71 Blind spot information (BSI)................ 80, 402 Brake System (Amber)................................ 67 Brake System (Red) .................................... 66 Charging System ............................... 69, 515 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ........................................... 81, 82

CRUISE CONTROL.............................. 76, 368 CRUISE MAIN .................................... 76, 367 Door and Trunk Open.......................... 29, 73 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System .. 72, 517 Fog Light ................................................... 75 Gear Position ............................................. 68 High-Beam ................................................ 74 Immobilizer System.................................... 75 Keyless Access System ............................... 76 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .... 79, 393 Lights On................................................... 75 Low Fuel.................................................... 70 Low Oil Pressure ................................ 67, 515 Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ............. 73, 404, 406 Maintenance Minder ............................... 435 Malfunction Indicator Lamp............... 69, 516 Parking Brake and Brake System ........ 66, 517 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).............. 77 Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 31, 70 Security System Alarm ............................... 76 Sequential mode...................................... 366 Shift Lever Position .................................... 68

Supplemental Restraint System............ 47, 71 System Message........................................ 74 Transmission System.................................. 68 Turn Signal................................................ 74 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System ............................................ 72, 399

VSA OFF .......................................... 72, 400 Information .............................................. 523 Instant Fuel Economy ................................. 97 Instrument Panel ........................................ 65

Brightness Control................................... 145 Interface Dial ............................................ 198 Interior Lights ........................................... 159 Interior Rearview Mirror .......................... 149 Internet Radio .................................. 191, 230 iPhone ............................................... 230, 249 iPod ................................................... 188, 226

J Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 502 Jump Starting ........................................... 509

K Key Number Tag....................................... 114 Keyless Access System .............................. 115 Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 119 Keys ........................................................... 112

Lockout Prevention.................................. 119 Number Tag ............................................ 114

Rear Door Wont Open ........................... 123 Remote Transmitter ................................ 117 Two-way Keyless Access Remote..... 120, 358 Types and Functions................................ 112

Kickdown (Dual Clutch Transmission) .... 362

L Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ........ 391 Language (HFL) ................................ 288, 317 LATCH (Child Seats) ................................... 55 Lights ................................................ 139, 451

Automatic............................................... 140 Bulb Replacement ................................... 451 Daytime Running Lights .......................... 142 Fog Lights ............................................... 142 High-Beam Indicator ................................. 74 Interior.................................................... 159 Light Switches......................................... 139 Lights On Indicator.................................... 75 Turn Signals ............................................ 139

Limitations for Manual Operation.......... 288 Load Limits ............................................... 353 Locking/Unlocking ................................... 112

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................. 124 Childproof Door Locks ............................ 123 From Inside ............................................. 121 From Outside .......................................... 115 Keys........................................................ 112 Using a Key............................................. 118

Lockout Prevention System ..................... 119

In d

ex

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 541

Low Battery Charge ................................. 515 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 70 Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength .................................................. 114

Low Oil Pressure Indicator................. 67, 515 Lower Anchors ........................................... 55 Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 353

M Maintenance ............................................ 431

Battery.................................................... 471 Brake Fluid.............................................. 450 Cleaning ................................................. 475 Climate Control System .......................... 474 Coolant .................................................. 447 Maintenance MinderTM............................ 435 Oil .......................................................... 443 Precautions ............................................. 432 Radiator.................................................. 448 Remote Transmitter ................................ 472 Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 451 Safety ..................................................... 433 Service Items........................................... 438 Tires........................................................ 462 Transmission Fluid................................... 449 Under the Hood...................................... 440

Malfunction Indicator Lamp ............. 69, 516 Map Lights................................................ 159 Maximum Load Limit ............................... 353 Meters, Gauges .......................................... 90

Mirrors....................................................... 149 Adjusting................................................. 149 Door........................................................ 150 Exterior.................................................... 150 Interior Rearview ..................................... 149

Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 481 Moonroof.................................................. 135 MP3 ................................... 185, 193, 223, 233 Multi-Information Display ......................... 91 Multi-View Rear Camera .......................... 425

N Numbers (Identification) .......................... 526

O Odometer.................................................... 96 Oil (Engine) ............................................... 442

Adding .................................................... 444 Checking................................................. 443 Displaying Oil Life .................................... 436 Low Oil Pressure Indicator.................. 67, 515 Recommended Engine Oil........................ 442 Viscosity .................................................. 442

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ............. 199 Open Source Licenses ............................... 262 Opening/Closing

Hood....................................................... 441 Moonroof................................................ 135 Power Windows ...................................... 132

Trunk ...................................................... 125 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel ....................................... 136

Outside Temperature................................. 96 Adjusting .................................................. 96

Overheating.............................................. 513

P Paddle Shifters (Sequential Shift Mode)... 17 Pandora........................................... 191, 231 Panic Mode ............................................... 131 Parking...................................................... 421 Parking Brake ........................................... 408 Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator............................................ 66, 517

Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ................. 48 Passing Indicators ..................................... 139 Power Windows ....................................... 132 Precautions While Driving ....................... 361

Rain ........................................................ 361 Pregnant Women ....................................... 35 Puncture (Tire).......................................... 485

R Radiator .................................................... 448 Radio (AM/FM) ................................. 183, 211 Radio (SiriusXM) ..................................... 216 Radio Data System (RDS) ................. 184, 213 Range .......................................................... 97

541

542

In d

ex

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 542

RDS (Radio Data System).................. 184, 213 Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 529 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button...................................................... 146

Rear Seat (Folding Down) ........................ 157 Rearview Mirror........................................ 149 Refueling................................................... 427

Fuel Gauge................................................ 90 Gasoline .......................................... 427, 524 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 70

Regulations ............................... 406, 465, 527 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback ................................................. 358

Remote Transmitter.................................. 117 Replacement

Battery..................................................... 472 Bulbs ....................................................... 451 Fuses ............................................... 519, 520 Tires ........................................................ 468 Wiper Blade Rubber................................. 460

Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 528 Resetting a Trip Meter ............................... 96 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).......... 386

On and Off .............................................. 388

S Safe Driving................................................. 25 Safety Labels ............................................... 64 Safety Message ............................................. 1

Seat Belts .................................................... 30 Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor.................. 34 Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 32 Checking................................................... 36 Fastening .................................................. 33 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt.................................................. 57

Pregnant Women ...................................... 35 Reminder .................................................. 31 Warning Indicator ............................... 31, 70

Seat Heaters.............................................. 163 Seats .......................................................... 151

Adjusting ................................................ 151 Front Seats .............................................. 151 Rear Seat................................................. 157 Seat Heaters............................................ 163

Security System ......................................... 129 Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 75 Security System Alarm Indicator................. 76

Select Lever......................................... 17, 363 Operation.......................................... 17, 364 Releasing................................................. 512 Wont Move............................................ 512

Selecting a Child Seat................................. 54 Selector Knob (Audio).............................. 176 Sequential Shift Mode ............................. 365 Sequential Shift Mode Operation ........... 366 Setting the Clock ...................................... 110 Shift Lever........................................... 17, 363 Shift Lever Position Indicator ............ 68, 364 Shifting (Transmission)............................. 363

Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 34 Side Airbags ............................................... 44 Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 46 SiriusXM Radio ....................................... 216 SMS Text Message............................ 299, 311 Snow Tires ................................................ 470 Spare Tire ................................................. 525 Spark Plugs ............................................... 524 Specifications ........................................... 524 Specified Fuel ................................... 427, 524 SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................ 40 Starting the Engine.................................. 356

Does Not Start ........................................ 506 Engine Switch Buzzer .............................. 136 Jump Starting ......................................... 509 Remote Engine Start ............................... 358

Steering Wheel ........................................ 146 Adjusting ................................................ 146

Stopping ................................................... 421 Summer Tires............................................ 470 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 40 Switches (Around the Steering Wheel) .. 4, 5 Synchronization Mode ............................ 166 System Message Indicator ......................... 74

T Temperature Sensor ................................ 167 Temporary Tire Repair Kit ....................... 486 Text Message.................... 299, 311, 343, 345 Time (Setting)........................................... 110

In d

ex

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 543

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ..................................................... 404 Indicator ........................................... 73, 518

Tires .......................................................... 462 Air Pressure..................................... 463, 525 Checking and Maintaining ...................... 462 Flat Tire (Puncture) .................................. 485 Inspection ............................................... 462 Labeling.................................................. 463 Puncture (Flat Tire) .................................. 485 Regulations............................................. 465 Rotation.................................................. 469 Spare Tire ............................................... 525 Summer.................................................. 470 Temporary Tire Repair Kit........................ 486 Tire Chains.............................................. 470 Wear Indicators....................................... 467 Winter .................................................... 470

Tools ......................................................... 484 Towing a Trailer ....................................... 355 Towing Your Vehicle ............................... 355

Emergency.............................................. 522 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System).................................................... 404

Transmission............................................. 363 Automatic............................................... 363 Fluid ....................................................... 449 Gear Position Indicator.............................. 68 Number .................................................. 526 Sequential Shift Mode............................. 365 Shift Lever Position Indicator ................... 364

Trip Meter ................................................... 96 Troubleshooting ....................................... 483

Blown Fuse...................................... 519, 520 Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 22 Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door .......... 23 Emergency Towing .................................. 522 Engine Wont Start .................................. 506 Flat Tire/Puncture..................................... 485 Noise When Braking .................................. 23 Overheating ............................................ 513 Premium Gasoline ........................... 427, 524 Puncture/Flat Tire..................................... 485 Rear Door Wont Open...................... 22, 123 Select Lever Wont Move ......................... 512 Warning Indicators .................................... 66

Trunk ......................................................... 125 Lid ........................................................... 125 Light Bulb................................................ 524 Open Message .......................................... 87

Turn Signals .............................................. 139 Indicators (Instrument Panel)...................... 74

Turn-by-Turn Directions ............................. 97 Two-way Keyless Access Remote ..... 120, 358

U Unlocking the Doors ................................ 115 Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside ................................................. 12, 121

USB Adapter Cable ........................... 170, 171 USB Flash Drives........................................ 249

USB Port .................................................... 172 Using the Keyless Access System ............. 115

V Vanity Mirrors............................................... 7 Vehicle Identification Number ................ 526 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA).................. 399

Off Button............................................... 400 Off Indicator.............................................. 72 System Indicator........................................ 72

Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 442, 525 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist).................. 399

W Wallpaper ......................................... 178, 207 Wallpaper Setup....................................... 180 Warning and Information Messages......... 83 Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 515 Warning Labels........................................... 64 Warranties (Warranty Manual provided separately) .............................................. 531

Watts......................................................... 524 Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 467 Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 502 Window Washers ..................................... 143

Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 450 Switch..................................................... 143

Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 132

543

544

In d

ex

18 ACURA ILX-31TX66500.book 544

Windshield ................................................ 143 Cleaning.................................................. 479 Defrosting/Defogging .............................. 165 Washer Fluid............................................ 450 Wiper Blades ........................................... 460 Wipers and Washers ................................ 143

Winter Tires............................................... 470 Snow Tires............................................... 470 Tire Chains .............................................. 470

Wipers and Washers ................................. 143 Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 460

WMA ................................. 185, 193, 223, 233 Worn Tires................................................. 462

Manualsnet FAQs

If you want to find out how the ILX Acura works, you can view and download the Acura ILX 2018 Sedan Navigation Manual on the Manualsnet website.

Yes, we have the Navigation Manual for Acura ILX as well as other Acura manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.

The Navigation Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Acura ILX. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.

The best way to navigate the Acura ILX 2018 Sedan Navigation Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.

This Acura ILX 2018 Sedan Navigation Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.

You can download Acura ILX 2018 Sedan Navigation Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.

To be able to print Acura ILX 2018 Sedan Navigation Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Acura ILX 2018 Sedan Navigation Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.